SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

x  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.

            From the transition period from April 30, 2001 to December 31, 2001

            Commission File No. 0-24298

MILLER INDUSTRIES, INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

                             Tennessee                           
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

                 62-1566286               
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

         8503 Hilltop Drive, Ooltewah, Tennessee  37363    
(Address of principal executive offices)             (Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:  (423) 238-4171

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:  Common Stock, Par Value $0.01 Per Share .

Name of each exchange on which registered:  New York Stock Exchange .

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  None .

            Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes þ   No ¨ .

            Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10K.  ¨

            The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by nonaffiliates of the Registrant as of March 15, 2002 was $19,242,934 based on the closing sale price of the Common Stock as reported by the New York Stock Exchange on such date.  See Item 12.

            At March 15, 2002 there were 9,341,436 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

            Portions of the Registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2002 Annual Meeting of Shareholders are incorporated by reference into Part III.


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
FORM 10-K TRANSITION REPORT

 

PART I

 

ITEM 1 .

BUSINESS

 1

ITEM 2.

PROPERTIES

 15

ITEM 3.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

15

ITEM 4.

SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

 16

 

PART II

 

ITEM 5.

 

MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY AND
                 RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 17

ITEM 6.

 

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 17

ITEM 7.

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
                CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 19

ITEM 8.

 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

 29

ITEM 9.

 

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON
                ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

 29

 

PART III

 

ITEM 10.

 

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

 29

ITEM 11.

 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 29

i


 

ITEM 12.

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS
                AND MANAGEMENT

29

ITEM 13.

  

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

 30

 

PART IV

 

ITEM 14.

 

EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS
                 ON FORM 8-K

 30

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 F-1

FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE

S-1

SIGNATURES

  

 

ii


 

PART I

ITEM 1.           BUSINESS

GENERAL

            Miller Industries, Inc. (the “Company”) is the world’s leading integrated provider of vehicle towing and recovery equipment and services, with executive offices in Ooltewah, Tennessee and Atlanta, Georgia and manufacturing operations in Tennessee, Pennsylvania, France and England.  The Company’s business is divided into two segments: (i) towing and recovery equipment and (ii) towing services.  The Company markets its towing and recovery equipment under several well-recognized brand names and markets its towing services under the national brand name RoadOne ® .

            Since 1990 the Company has developed or acquired several of the most well-recognized brands in the fragmented towing and recovery equipment manufacturing industry.  The Company’s strategy has been to diversify its line of products and increase its market share in the industry through a combination of internal growth and development and acquisitions of complementary businesses.

            As a natural extension of its leading market position and strong brand name recognition in manufacturing, the Company has broadened its strategy to include vertical integration, with the goal of achieving operating efficiencies while becoming a leading worldwide manufacturer and distributor in the towing and recovery equipment industry.  The Company’s owned and independent distributors form a North American distribution network for towing and recovery equipment as well as other specialty truck equipment and components.

            In February 1997, the Company formed its towing services division, RoadOne.  RoadOne offers a broad range of towing and transportation services, including towing, impounding and storing motor vehicles, conducting lien sales and auctions of abandoned vehicles, and transporting new and used vehicles and heavy construction equipment.  During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2000, the Company announced plans to accelerate its efforts to aggressively reduce expenses in the towing services segment at the corporate level, as well as in the field.  Since that time, the Company has disposed of assets and operations in a number of underperforming markets.  The Company continues to investigate all financial alternatives with respect to the overall towing services segment in order to enhance shareholder value.  At March 15, 2002, the Company was operating over 150 facilities serving 40 markets in 23 states, and had relationships with over 2,700 RoadOne affiliates. 

INCLUSION OF FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

            Certain statements in this Annual Report, including but not limited to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” may be deemed to be forward-looking statements, as defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.  Such forward-looking statements are made based on management’s belief as well as assumptions made by, and information currently available to, management pursuant to “safe harbor” provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.  The Company’s actual results may differ materially from the results anticipated in these forward-looking statements due to, among other things, factors set forth below under the heading “Risk Factors,” and in particular, the risks associated with acquisitions, including, without limitation, the costs and difficulties related to the integration of the acquired businesses, and risks associated with the terms of the Company’s substantial indebtedness.  The Company cautions that such factors are not exclusive.  The Company does not undertake to update any forward-looking statement that may be made from time to time by, or on behalf of, the Company.

1


 

            Risk Factors

            Risks Associated with Substantial Indebtedness .  As of February 28, 2002 the Company’s long-term debt (net of current portion) totaled approximately $93.2 million.  As a consequence of its level of indebtedness a substantial portion of the Company’s cash flow from operations must be dedicated to debt service requirements. The terms of the Company’s outstanding indebtedness govern the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to, among other things, incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends or make certain other restricted payments or investments in certain situations, consummate certain asset sales, enter into certain transactions with affiliates, incur liens, or merge or consolidate with any other person or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of their assets. They also require the Company to meet certain financial tests and comply with certain other reporting, affirmative and negative covenants.  The revolving credit facility provides for separate and distinct loan commitment levels for the Company's towing and recovery equipment segment and RoadOne segment, respectively.

          The Company was in violation of certain of the covenants under its credit facilities during the first quarter of 2002.  The Company negotiated certain amendments to the credit facilities that modified certain of the covenants contained therein, waived existing events of default and brought the Company back into compliance as of April 15, 2002.  In connection with the April 2002 amendments, the amounts available for borrowing under the portion of the facility related to the Company’s RoadOne assets will be reduced on approximately a quarterly basis beginning in August 2002, from $36.0 million at April 15, 2002, to $27.0 million at March 31, 2003, and with quarterly reductions of $3.0 million each quarter thereafter through maturity in July 2005.  The reductions in amounts available will require the Company to make mandatory prepayments of outstanding amounts to comply with the reduced availability.  To the extent that cash flow from operations and sales of RoadOne properties are not sufficient to satisfy these repayment obligations, the Company would be in default under its credit facilities.  In addition, the interest rate charged on outstanding amounts under the credit facilities will escalate at generally quarterly intervals from prime plus 2.75% at April 15, 2002, to prime plus 14.00% at April 1, 2005, based on amounts outstanding under the credit facilities.

            The Company may continue to have difficulties in the future complying with these covenants and in such event would have to seek additional waivers from its lenders.  Such waivers typically require payment of substantial additional fees, and there can be no assurance that the lenders will agree to any future waivers or amendments.

            Demand for the Company’s equipment has been negatively impacted by cost pressures facing its customers.  Continuation of these pressures could impact the Company’s ability to service its debt.  The Company’s bank facilities are collateralized by liens on all of the Company’s assets.  The liens give the lenders the right to foreclose on the assets of the Company under certain defined events of default and such foreclosure could allow the lenders to gain control of the operations of the Company.  The Company’s credit facilities include a junior secured facility with an aggregate principal amount outstanding of $14.0 million as of February 28, 2002.  The lenders under the junior secured facility are entitled to receive warrants to purchase shares of the Company’s Common Stock equal to up to 0.5% of the outstanding shares if the facility is not repaid by July 2002, and up to an additional 1.5% of the outstanding shares if the facility is not repaid by July 2003.  Such issuances would be dilutive to the Company’s other shareholders.

            If the Company were to fail to comply with the requirements under the credit facilities, such non-compliance would result in an event of default, which if not waived by the lending groups would result in the acceleration of the amounts due under the credit facility as well as other remedies.  Under these circumstances the Company could be required to find alternative funding sources, such as sale of assets or other financing sources.  If the Company were unable to refinance the credit facility on acceptable terms

2


 

or find an alternative source of repayment for the credit facility, the Company’s business and financial condition would be materially and adversely affected.  There is no assurance that the Company would be  able to obtain any such refinancing or that it would be able to sell assets on terms that are acceptable to the Company or at all.  For more information regarding the impact of the Company’s substantial indebtedness on the Company’s liquidity, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Results of Operations – Liquidity and Capital Resources,” and Notes 2 and 7 to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements for the transition period ended December 31, 2001.

            Risks Associated With Acquisitions; Difficulties In Integrating Operations And Achieving Cost Savings.   From 1996 to 1999, the Company pursued an aggressive acquisition strategy that involved the acquisition over 120 additional companies.  As a result, the Company’s success is dependent, in part, upon its ability to successfully integrate and manage such acquired businesses.  Acquisitions involve special risks, including risks associated with unanticipated problems, liabilities and contingencies, diversion of management attention and possible adverse effects on earnings resulting from increased goodwill amortization, increased interest costs, the issuance of additional securities and difficulties related to the integration of the acquired business.  To a certain extent, the Company has experienced each of these special risks in connection with some of its acquisitions, which has led to the selling of assets or closing of terminals in a number of underperforming markets, and continued difficulties in other markets.  There can be no assurance that any acquisitions will not have an adverse effect upon the Company’s operating results, particularly during periods in which the operations of acquired businesses are being integrated into the Company’s operations.

            The success of any business combination is in part dependent on management’s ability following the transaction to integrate operations, systems and procedures and thereby obtain business efficiencies, economies of scale and related cost savings.  The challenges posed to the Company’s management are particularly significant because integrating the acquired companies must be addressed contemporaneously.  The Company has incurred significant expenses in connection with its towing services acquisitions, and has had difficulty realizing cost savings and managing operating costs.  There can be no assurance that future consolidated results will improve as a result of cost savings and efficiencies from any such acquisitions or proposed acquisitions, or as to the timing or extent to which cost savings and efficiencies will be achieved, if at all.

            Risks Of Entering New Lines Of Business.   The Company’s growth strategy includes vertically integrating within the towing and recovery industry through a combination of acquisitions and internal growth.  Implementation of its growth strategy has resulted in the Company’s entry into several new lines of business.  Historically, the Company’s expertise has been in the manufacture of towing and recovery equipment and the Company had no prior operating experience in the lines of business it recently entered.  Commencing during fiscal 1997, the Company entered three new lines of business through the acquisition of towing and recovery equipment distributors and towing service companies, and the establishment of the Company’s Financial Services Group.  The Company’s operation of these businesses is subject to all of the risks inherent in the establishment of a new business enterprise.  Such acquisitions present the additional risk that newly-acquired businesses could be viewed as being in competition with other customers of the Company.  Although the new businesses are closely related to the Company’s towing and recovery equipment manufacturing business, the Company has experienced difficulties and unexpected expenses establishing and operating these new businesses, and may continue to experience such difficulties and expenses.

            Cyclical Nature Of Industry, General Economic Conditions And Weather.   The towing and recovery industry is cyclical in nature and has been affected historically by high interest rates, insurance costs, and economic conditions in general. Accordingly, a downturn in the economy could have a material

3


 

adverse effect on the Company’s operations, as has been the case during the current general economic downturn.  The industry is also influenced by consumer confidence and general credit availability, and by weather conditions, none of which is within the control of the Company.

            Fluctuations In Price And Supply Of Materials And Component Parts.   The Company is dependent upon outside suppliers for its raw material needs and other purchased component parts and, therefore, is subject to price increases and delays in receiving supplies of such materials and component parts.  There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to pass any price increase on to its customers.  Although the Company believes that sources of its materials and component parts will continue to be adequate to meet its requirements and that alternative sources are available, events beyond the Company’s control could have an adverse effect on the cost or availability of such materials and component parts.  Additionally, demand for the Company’s products could be negatively affected by the unavailability of truck chassis, which are manufactured by third parties and are typically purchased separately by the Company’s distributors or by towing operators and are sometimes supplied by the Company.

            Competition.   The towing and recovery equipment manufacturing industry is highly competitive.  Competition for sales exists at both the distributor and towing-operator levels and is based primarily on product quality and innovation, reputation, technology, customer service, product availability and price.  In addition, sales of the Company’s products are affected by the market for used towing and recovery equipment.  Certain of the Company’s competitors may have substantially greater financial and other resources and may provide more attractive dealer and retail customer financing alternatives than the Company.  Historically, the towing service industry has been highly fragmented, with an estimated 30,000 professional towing operators in the United States, therefore the Company’s towing services operations will face continued competition from many operators across the country.  The Company’s presence in the towing service industry presents the risk that it could be viewed as being in competition with other customers of the Company, which can negatively effect sales.  The Company may also face significant competition from large competitors as it enters other new lines of business, including equipment distribution and financial services.

            Dependence On Proprietary Technology.   Historically, the Company has been able to develop or acquire patented and other proprietary product innovations which have allowed it to produce what management believes to be technologically advanced products relative to most of its competition.  Certain of the Company’s patents expire in 2004 at which time the Company may not have a continuing competitive advantage through proprietary products and technology.  In addition, pursuant to the terms of a consent judgment entered into in 2000 with the Antitrust Division of the U.S. Department of Justice, the Company is required to offer non-exclusive royalty-bearing licenses to certain of the Company’s key patents to all tow truck and car carrier manufacturers.  The Company’s historical market position has been a result, in part, of its continuous efforts to develop new products.  The Company’s future success and ability to maintain market share will depend, to an extent, on new product development. 

            Labor Availability and Union Activity.   The timely production of the Company’s wreckers and car carriers requires an adequate supply of skilled labor.  In addition, the operating costs of each manufacturing and towing service facility can be adversely affected by high turnover in skilled positions.  Accordingly, the Company’s ability to increase sales, productivity and net earnings will be limited to a degree by its ability to employ the skilled laborers necessary to meet the Company’s requirements.  There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to maintain an adequate skilled labor force necessary to efficiently operate its facilities.  The United Auto Workers Union filed a representation petition with the National Labor Relations Board for the employees at the Company’s Ooltewah, Tennessee manufacturing plant.  A vote was held on such union representation on April 11, 2002.  There can be

4


 

no assurance that the employees at the Ooltewah manufacturing plant or other Company employees may not choose to become unionized in the future.

            The Company’s Common Stock May be Delisted from The New York Stock Exchange if the Company Does Not Maintain Certain Listing Standards.  To remain listed on the New York Stock Exchange, the average closing price of the Company’s stock must not drop below $1.00 per share for 30 days or more.  The Company’s common stock price was below $1.00 per share for an extended period during 2001 and the common stock was in danger of being delisted.  A one-for-five reverse stock split was effected on October 1, 2001, and the price of the common stock has not been below $2.10 since that time.  If the Company’s common stock were to be delisted from the New York Stock Exchange, an active trading market for its common stock would likely no longer exist, and the ability of shareholders to buy and sell shares of the Company’s common stock would be materially impaired. In addition, the delisting of the Company’s stock could adversely affect the Company’s ability to enter into future equity financing transactions.

            Dependence On Key Management.   The success of the Company is highly dependent on the continued services of the Company’s management team.  The loss of services of one or more key members of the Company’s senior management team could have a material adverse effect on the Company. 

            Automobile And Product Liability Insurance.   The Company is subject to various claims, including automobile and product liability claims arising in the ordinary course of business, and may at times be a party to various legal proceedings incidental to the Company’s business.  The Company maintains reserves and liability insurance coverage at levels based upon commercial norms and the Company’s historical claims experience.  A successful product liability or other claim brought against the Company in excess of its insurance coverage or the inability of the Company to acquire insurance at commercially reasonable rates could have a material adverse effect upon the Company’s business, operating results and financial condition. 

            Increased Insurance and Fuel Costs.   As a result of the events of September 11, 2001 and other general economic factors, the Company has experienced a substantial increase in its insurance costs and has experienced fluctuations in fuel and other transportation costs.  Its customers have also experienced reduced availability of credit for purchasing equipment.  There can be no assurance that these costs will not continue to increase for the Company.  Such increases have had, and may continue to have, a material effect upon the Company’s business and operating results.

            Volatility Of Market Price.   From time to time, there may be significant volatility in the market price for the Common Stock.  Quarterly operating results of the Company, changes in earnings estimated by analysts, changes in general conditions in the Company’s industry or the economy or the financial markets or other developments affecting the Company could cause the market price of the Common Stock to fluctuate substantially.  In addition, in recent years the stock market has experienced significant price and volume fluctuations.  This volatility has had a significant effect on the market prices of securities issued by many companies for reasons unrelated to their operating performance.

            Control By Principal Shareholder.   William G. Miller, the Chairman of the Company, beneficially owns approximately 16% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock.  Accordingly, Mr. Miller has the ability to exert significant influence over the business affairs of the Company, including the ability to influence the election of directors and the result of voting on all matters requiring shareholder approval.

5


 

            Anti-Takeover Provisions Of Charter And Bylaws; Preferred Stock.   The Company’s Charter and Bylaws contain restrictions that may discourage other persons from attempting to acquire control of the Company, including, without limitation, prohibitions on shareholder action by written consent and advance notice requirements respecting amendments to certain provisions of the Company’s Charter and Bylaws. In addition, the Company’s Charter authorizes the issuance of up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock. The rights and preferences for any series of preferred stock may be set by the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion and without shareholder approval, and the rights and preferences of any such preferred stock may be superior to those of Common Stock and thus may adversely affect the rights of holders of Common Stock.

TOWING AND RECOVERY EQUIPMENT

            The Company offers a broad range of towing and recovery equipment products that meet most customer design, capacity and cost requirements.  The Company manufactures the bodies of wreckers and car carriers, which are installed on truck chassis manufactured by third parties.  Wreckers generally are used to recover and tow disabled vehicles and other equipment and range in type from the conventional tow truck to large recovery vehicles with rotating hydraulic booms and 70-ton lifting capacities.  Car carriers are specialized flat bed vehicles with hydraulic tilt mechanisms that enable a towing operator to drive or winch a vehicle onto the bed for transport.  Car carriers transport new or disabled vehicles and other equipment and are particularly effective over longer distances.

            The Company’s products are sold primarily through independent distributors that serve all 50 states, Canada and Mexico, and other foreign markets including Europe, the Pacific Rim and the Middle East.  As a result of its ownership of Jige in France and Boniface in the United Kingdom, the Company has substantial distribution capabilities in Europe.  While most of the Company’s distributor agreements do not contain exclusivity provisions, management believes that approximately 65% of the Company’s independent distributors sell the Company’s products on an exclusive basis.  In addition to selling the Company’s products to towing operators, the distributors provide parts and service.  The Company also has independent sales representatives that exclusively market the Company’s products and provide expertise and sales assistance to distributors.  Management believes the strength of the Company’s distribution network and the breadth of its product offerings are two key advantages over its competitors.

            Product Line

            The Company manufactures a broad line of wrecker, car carrier and trailer bodies to meet a full range of customer design, capacity and cost requirements. The products are marketed under the Century, Vulcan, Challenger, Holmes, Champion, Chevron, Eagle, Miller Industries, Jige, and Boniface brand names.

            Wreckers.  Wreckers are generally used to recover and tow disabled vehicles and other equipment and range in type from the conventional tow truck to large recovery vehicles with 70-ton lifting capacities.  Wreckers are available with specialized features, including underlifts, L-arms and scoops, which lift disabled vehicles by the tires or front axle to minimize front end damage to the towed vehicles.  Certain heavy duty wrecker models offer rotating booms, which allow heavy duty wreckers to recover vehicles from any angle, and proprietary remote control devices for operating wreckers.  In addition, certain light duty wreckers are equipped with the patented “Express” automatic wheellift hookup device that allow operators to engage a disabled or unattended vehicle without leaving the cab of the wrecker.

            The Company’s wreckers range in capacity from 8 to 70 tons, and are characterized as light duty and heavy duty, with wreckers of 16-ton or greater capacity being classified as heavy duty.  Light duty wreckers are used to remove vehicles from accident scenes and vehicles illegally parked, abandoned or

6


 

disabled, and for general recovery.  Heavy duty wreckers are used in commercial towing and recovery applications including overturned tractor trailers, buses, motor homes and other vehicles.

            Car Carriers.  Car carriers are specialized flat-bed vehicles with hydraulic tilt mechanisms that enable a towing operator to drive or winch a vehicle onto the bed for transport.  Car carriers are used to transport new or disabled vehicles and other equipment and are particularly effective for transporting vehicles or other equipment over longer distances.  In addition to transporting vehicles, car carriers may also be used for other purposes, including transportation of industrial equipment. In recent years, professional towing operators have added car carriers to their fleets to complement their towing capabilities.

            Multi-Vehicle Transport Trailers.  Multi-vehicle transport trailers are specialized auto transport trailers with upper and lower decks and hydraulic ramps for loading vehicles. The trailers are used for moving multiple vehicles for auto auctions, car dealerships, leasing companies, and other similar applications. The trailers are easy to load with 6 to 7 vehicles, and with the optional cab rack, can haul up to 8 autos.  The vehicles can be secured to the transport quickly with ratchet and chain tie-downs that are mounted throughout the frame of the transport. In recent years, professional towing operators have added auto transport trailers to their fleets to add to their towing capabilities.

            Brand Names

            The Company manufactures and markets its wreckers, car carriers and trailers under ten separate brand names.  Although certain of the brands overlap in terms of features, prices and distributors, each brand has its own distinctive image and customer base.

            Century ® .  The Century brand is the Company’s “top-of-the-line’’ brand and represents what management believes to be the broadest product line in the industry.  The Century line was started in 1974 and produces wreckers ranging from the 8-ton light duty to the 70-ton heavy duty models and car carriers in lengths from 17½ to 26 feet.  Management believes that the Century brand has a reputation as the industry’s leading product innovator.

            Vulcan ® The Company’s Vulcan product line includes a range of premium light and heavy duty wreckers, car carriers and other towing and recovery equipment.  The Vulcan line is operated autonomously with its own independent distribution network.

            Challenger ® The Company’s Challenger products compete with the Century and Vulcan products and constitute a third premium product line.  Challenger products consist of light to heavy duty wreckers with capacities ranging from 8 to 70 tons, and car carriers with lengths ranging from 17½ to 26 feet.  The Challenger line was started in 1975 and is known for high performance heavy duty wreckers and aesthetic design.

            Holmes ® .  The Company’s Holmes product line includes mid-priced wreckers with 8 to 16 ton capacities and car carriers in 17½ to 21 foot lengths.  The Holmes wrecker was first produced in 1916. The Holmes name has been the most well-recognized and leading industry brand both domestically and internationally through most of this century.

            Champion ® .  The Champion brand, which was introduced in 1991, includes car carriers which range in length from 17½ to 21 feet.  The Champion product line, which is generally lower-priced, allows the Company to offer a full line of car carriers at various competitive price points. In 1993, the Champion line was expanded to include a line of economy tow trucks with integrated boom and underlift.

7


 

            Chevron ™.  The Company’s Chevron product line is comprised primarily of premium car carriers.  Chevron produces a range of premium single-car, multi-car and industrial carriers, light duty wreckers and other towing and recovery equipment.  The Chevron line is operated autonomously with its own independent distribution network that focuses on the salvage industry.

            Eagle ® .  The Company’s Eagle products consist of light duty wreckers with the “Eagle Claw’’ hook-up system that allows towing operators to engage a disabled or unattended vehicle without leaving the cab of the tow truck.  The “Eagle Claw’’ hook-up system, which was patented in 1984, was originally developed for the repossession market.  Since acquiring Eagle, the Company has upgraded the quality and features of the Eagle product line and expanded its recovery capability.

            Miller Industries ™. The Company’s Miller Industries product line is comprised of premium multi-vehicle transport trailers.  Miller Industries trailers, which can transport up to 8 vehicles depending on configuration, are marketed generally under the Titan™ model name.

            Jige The Company’s Jige product line is comprised of a broad line of light and heavy duty wreckers and car carriers marketed primarily in Europe.  Jige is a market leader best known for its innovative designs of car carriers and light wreckers necessary to operate within the narrow confines of European cities.

            Boniface .   The Company’s Boniface product line is comprised primarily of heavy duty wreckers marketed primarily in Europe.  Boniface produces a wide range of heavy duty wreckers specializing in the long underlift technology required to tow modern European tour buses.

            The Company’s Holmes and Century brand names are associated with four of the major innovations in the industry: the rapid reverse winch, the tow sling, the hydraulic lifting mechanism, and the underlift with parallel linkage and L-arms.  The Company’s engineering staff, in consultation with manufacturing personnel, uses computer-aided design and stress analysis systems to test new product designs and to integrate various product improvements. In addition to offering product innovations, the Company focuses on developing or licensing new technology for its products.

            Manufacturing Process

            The Company manufactures wreckers, car carriers and trailers at six manufacturing facilities located in the United States, France and England.  The manufacturing process for the Company’s products consists primarily of cutting and bending sheet steel or aluminum into parts that are welded together to form the wrecker, car carrier body or trailer.  Components such as hydraulic cylinders, winches, valves and pumps, which are purchased by the Company from third-party suppliers, are then attached to the frame to form the completed wrecker or car carrier body.  The completed body is either installed by the Company or shipped by common carrier to a distributor where it is then installed on a truck chassis.  Generally, the wrecker or car carrier bodies are painted by the Company with a primer coat only, so that towing operators can select customized colors to coordinate with chassis colors or fleet colors.  To the extent final painting is required before delivery, the Company contracts with independent paint shops for such services.

            The Company purchases raw materials and component parts from a number of sources.  Although the Company has no long-term supply contracts, management believes the Company has good relationships with its primary suppliers.  The Company has experienced no significant problems in obtaining adequate supplies of raw materials and component parts to meet the requirements of its production schedules.  Management believes that the materials used in the production of the Company’s products are available at competitive prices from an adequate number of alternative suppliers.

8


 

Accordingly, management does not believe that the loss of a single supplier would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business.

            Towing and Recovery Equipment Sales and Distribution

            The Company’s distribution group owns nine towing and recovery equipment distributors located in California, Colorado, Florida, Illinois, Indiana and Missouri and in British Columbia and Ontario, Canada.  The owned distributors market the Company’s products as well as other specialty transportation equipment, and the Company intends to expand the number and types of products distributed through its distributors.  The Company does not currently intend to purchase any additional distributors.  The Company-owned distributors generally do not compete in the same geographic markets as the Company’s independent distributors. 

            Management categorizes the towing and recovery market into three general product types: light duty wreckers, heavy duty wreckers and car carriers.  The light duty wrecker market consists primarily of professional wrecker operators, repossession towing services, municipal and federal governmental agencies, and repair shop or salvage company owners.  The heavy duty market is dominated by professional wrecker operators serving the needs of commercial vehicle operators.  The car carrier market, historically dominated by automobile salvage companies, has expanded to include equipment rental companies that offer delivery service and professional towing operators who desire to complement their existing towing capabilities.  Management estimates that there are approximately 30,000 professional towing operators and 80,000 service station, repair shop and salvage operators comprising the overall towing and recovery market.

            The Company’s sales force, which services the Company’s distribution network, consists of sales representatives whose responsibilities include providing administrative and sales support to the entire distributor base.  Sales representatives receive commissions on direct sales based on product type and brand and generally are assigned specific territories in which to promote sales of the Company’s products and to maintain customer relationships.

            The Company has developed a diverse customer base consisting of approximately 175 distributors in North America, who serve all 50 states, Canada and Mexico, and approximately 50 distributors that serve other foreign markets. During the eight months ended December 31, 2001, no single distributor accounted for more than 5% of the Company’s sales.  Management believes the Company’s broad and diverse customer base provides it with the flexibility to adapt to market changes, lessens its dependence on particular distributors and reduces the impact of regional economic factors.

            To support sales and marketing efforts, the Company produces demonstrator models that are used by the Company’s sales representatives and distributors. To increase exposure to its products, the Company also has served as the official recovery team for many automobile racing events, including the Daytona, Talladega, Atlanta and Darlington NASCAR races, the Grand Prix in Miami, the Suzuka in Japan, the IMSA “24 Hours at Daytona,’’ Molson Indy, the Brickyard, and the Indy 500 races, among others.

            The Company routinely responds to requests for proposals or bid invitations in consultation with its local distributors.  The Company’s products have been selected by the United States General Services Administration as an approved source for certain federal and defense agencies.  The Company intends to continue to pursue government contracting opportunities.

            The towing and recovery equipment industry places heavy marketing emphasis on product exhibitions at national and regional trade shows. In order to focus its marketing efforts and to control

9


 

marketing costs, the Company has reduced its participation in regional trade shows and now concentrates its efforts on five of the major trade shows each year.  The Company works with its distributor network to concentrate on various regional shows.

            Product Warranties and Insurance

            The Company offers a 12-month limited manufacturer’s product and service warranty on its wrecker and car carrier products.  The Company’s warranty generally provides for repair or replacement of failed parts or components.  Warranty service is usually performed by the Company or an authorized distributor.  Management believes that the Company maintains adequate general liability and product liability insurance.

            Backlog

            The Company produces virtually all of its products to order.  The Company’s backlog is based upon customer purchase orders that the Company believes are firm.  The level of backlog at any particular time, however, is not an appropriate indicator of the future operating performance of the Company.  Certain purchase orders are subject to cancellation by the customer upon notification.  Given the Company’s production and delivery schedules management believes that the current backlog represents less than three months of production.

            Competition

            The towing and recovery equipment manufacturing industry is highly competitive for sales to distributors and towing operators.  Management believes that competition in the towing and recovery equipment industry is a function of product quality and innovation, reputation, technology, customer service, product availability and price.  The Company competes on the basis of each of these criteria, with an emphasis on product quality and innovation and customer service.  Management also believes that a manufacturer’s relationship with distributors is a key component of success in the industry.  Accordingly, the Company has invested substantial resources and management time in building and maintaining strong relationships with distributors.  Management also believes that the Company’s products are regarded as high quality within their particular price points.  The Company’s marketing strategy is to continue to compete primarily on the basis of quality and reputation rather than solely on the basis of price, and to continue to target the growing group of professional towing operators who as end-users recognize the quality of the Company’s products.

            Traditionally, the capital requirements for entry into the towing and recovery manufacturing industry have been relatively low.  Management believes a manufacturer’s capital resources and access to technological improvements have become a more integral component of success in recent years.  Accordingly, management believes that the Company’s ownership of patents on certain of the industry’s leading technologies has given it a competitive advantage.  Certain of the Company’s competitors may have greater financial and other resources and may provide more attractive dealer and retail customer financing alternatives than the Company.

            Employees

            At December 31, 2001, the Company employed approximately 1,075 people in its towing and recovery equipment manufacturing and distribution operations.  None of the Company’s employees is covered by a collective bargaining agreement, though its employees in France and England have certain similar rights provided by their respective government’s employment regulations.  The United Auto Workers Union filed a representation petition with the National Labor Relations Board for the employees

10


 

at the Company’s Ooltewah, Tennessee plant.  A vote on such representation will take place in April 2002.  The Company considers its employee relations to be good.

TOWING SERVICES - ROADONE

            In February 1997, the Company formed its towing services division, RoadOne, to build a national towing service network.  RoadOne has become a leading towing service company with operations at over 150 locations in 23 states.  RoadOne’s corporate offices are located in Ooltewah, Tennessee.

            During April 2000, the Company announced plans to accelerate its efforts to aggressively reduce expenses in the towing services segment at the corporate level, as well as in the field.  Since that time, the Company has disposed of assets and closed terminals in 15 underperforming markets.  The Company continues to investigate all financial alternatives with respect to the overall towing services segment in order to enhance shareholder value. 

            Services Provided

            Services provided by RoadOne include towing and recovery and specialized transportation services.  RoadOne’s towing and recovery services primarily involve providing road-side assistance to disabled vehicles which allows such vehicles to proceed under their own power, or towing disabled or abandoned vehicles to a location designated by the customer.  RoadOne derives revenue from towing and recovery services based on distance, time or fixed charges and from storage services based on daily fees.  These services are primarily provided to commercial entities, such as fleet operators, automobile dealers, repair shops, automobile leasing companies, and automobile auction companies; public entities such as municipalities, police, sheriff and highway patrol departments, colleges and universities, and toll-road departments; motor clubs; and individual motorists.  RoadOne conducts lien and salvage sales of certain vehicles in conjunction with its towing and recovery services.  RoadOne also provides limited environmental clean-up services in some areas.

           RoadOne’s specialized transportation services primarily involve transporting new and used vehicles, construction equipment and industrial equipment.  RoadOne derives revenue from transport services based on distance, time or fixed charges.  These services are primarily provided to automobile leasing companies, automobile auction companies, automobile dealers, fleet operators, construction companies, and industrial manufacturers.

            Towing, Recovery and Road Services

            Commercial.   RoadOne provides commercial road services to a broad range of commercial customers, including automobile dealers and repair shops.  RoadOne typically charges a flat fee and a mileage premium for these towing services.  Commercial road services also include towing and recovery of heavy-duty trucks, recreational vehicles, buses and other large vehicles, typically for commercial fleet operators.  RoadOne charges an hourly rate based on the towing vehicle used for these specialized services.  RoadOne also provides private impound towing services to commercial customers, such as shopping centers, retailers and hotels, which engage RoadOne to tow vehicles that are parked illegally on their property.

            Municipal.   RoadOne also provides towing and recovery services to public entities such as municipalities and police, sheriff and highway patrol departments.  In a limited number of markets, RoadOne provides municipal freeway towing service to local transit districts and other transportation agencies through patrolling a preset route on heavily-used freeways and towing or otherwise assisting

11


 

disabled vehicles.  These services are in some cases provided under contracts, typically for terms of five years or less, that are terminable for material breach and are typically subject to competitive bidding upon expiration.  In other cases, RoadOne provides these services without a long-term contract.  Whether pursuant to a contract or an ongoing relationship, these services are generally provided by RoadOne for a designated geographic area, or shared with one or more other companies on a rotation basis.

            Motor Club.   RoadOne provides towing and recovery services under contract to national motor clubs for the disabled vehicles of their members.  Roadside assistance is provided and, if necessary, vehicles are towed to repair facilities for a flat fee paid by either the individual motorist or the motor club.

            Consumer Towing and Recovery.   RoadOne provides towing and recovery services to individual motorists for their disabled vehicles.  Roadside assistance is provided and, if necessary, vehicles are towed to repair facilities for a flat fee paid by the individual motorist.

            Lien and Salvage Sales.  In conjunction with providing towing and recovery services, vehicles may be towed to a Company facility where the vehicle is impounded and placed in storage.  Such a vehicle will remain in storage until its owner pays the towing fee, which is typically based on an hourly charge, and any daily storage fees to the Company, as well as any fines due to law enforcement agencies.  If the vehicle is not claimed within a period prescribed by law (typically between 30 and 90 days), RoadOne may complete lien proceedings and sell the vehicle at auction or to a scrap metal facility, depending on the value of the vehicle.

            Specialized Transportation

            Construction Equipment.   RoadOne provides construction equipment transport services to construction companies, contractors, municipalities and equipment leasing companies for mobile cargo such as cranes, bulldozers, forklifts and other heavy construction equipment.  Service fees are based on the vehicle used and the distance traveled.

            Industrial Equipment.  RoadOne provides industrial equipment transport services to manufacturing companies, construction companies, contractors, municipalities and equipment leasing companies for immobile cargo such as engines, industrial generators and heavy construction materials.  Service fees may be based on the vehicle used and the distance traveled or may be determined using an hourly rate based on the towing vehicle used for these specialized services.

            New and Used Automobile.   RoadOne provides automobile transport services to leasing companies, automobile dealers, automobile auction companies, long-distance transporters, brokers and individuals.  Services typically are provided as needed by particular customers and charged according to pre-set rates based on mileage.  RoadOne provides transport services for dealers with used cars coming off lease and who transfer new cars from one region to another based on demand.  The Company also provides local collection and delivery support to long-haul automobile transporters.

            Dispatch Systems

            RoadOne currently dispatches its towing and recovery and specialized transportation services via existing local dispatch systems operated by its individual subsidiaries.  Some of these subsidiaries utilize computerized positioning systems which identify and track vehicle location and status in a localized area.  RoadOne intends to continue to use these existing dispatch systems, while developing and implementing a national computerized dispatch system that will more efficiently support its national, regional and local customers in allocating and utilizing assets on every level.

12


 

            Affiliate Program

            In order to offer a nationwide towing service, the Company has established an affiliate program under which independent professional towers who meet the Company’s criteria provide towing services under the RoadOne name as “affiliates.”  RoadOne affiliated companies offered many of the benefits of owned companies, such as product rebates, lower costs for financing, quantity buying advantages, national marketing strength and driver training.  As of March 15, 2002, the Company had over 2,700 signed agreements with RoadOne affiliates in all 50 states, Puerto Rico and six provinces in Canada.

            Competition

            Historically, the towing service industry has been highly fragmented, with an estimated 30,000 professional towing operators in the United States.  The Company believes that having towing service operations in many locations will foster brand loyalty among towing service customers through an emphasis on consistently high quality and dependable service from multiple locations over a broad geographic area.  The Company expects to market these services to organizations with widely dispersed fleets of vehicles that would benefit from a single source provider.  However, the size of the towing service industry will mean that the Company’s operations will face continued competition from many operators across the country.  These operators could be consolidated by other companies, individuals or entities, or they could enter into affiliate relationships with other companies.  In addition, the Company’s presence in the towing service industry presents the risk that it could be viewed as being in competition with other customers of the Company.

            Employees

            At December 31, 2001, the Company employed approximately 1,954 people at RoadOne.  None of the Company’s RoadOne employees are covered by a collective bargaining agreement.  The Company considers its employee relations to be good.

PATENTS AND TRADEMARKS

            The development of the underlift parallel linkage and L-arms in 1982 is considered one of the most innovative developments in the wrecker industry in the last 25 years.  This technology is significant primarily because it allows the damage-free towing of newer aerodynamic vehicles made of lighter weight materials.  Patents for this technology were granted to an operating subsidiary of the Company in 1987 and 1989.  These patents expire in mid-year 2004.  This technology, particularly the L-arms, is used in a majority of the commercial wreckers today.  Management believes that utilization of such devices without a license is an infringement of the Company’s patents.  The Company has successfully litigated infringement lawsuits in which the validity of the Company’s patents on this technology was upheld, and successfully settled other lawsuits.  The Company also holds a number of other utility and design patents covering other products, the Vulcan “scoop’’ wheel-retainer and the car carrier anti-tilt device.  The Company has also obtained the rights to use and develop certain technologies owned or patented by others.  Pursuant to the terms of a consent judgment entered into in 2000 with the Antitrust Division of the U.S. Department of Justice, the Company is required to offer non-exclusive royalty-bearing licenses to certain of the Company’s key patents to all tow truck and car carrier manufacturers.

            The Company’s trademarks “Century,’’ “Holmes,’’ “Champion,’’ “Challenger,” “Formula I,’’ “Eagle Claw Self-Loading Wheellift,’’ “Pro Star,’’ “Street Runner,’’ “Vulcan,’’ and “RoadOne,’’ among others, are registered with the United States Patent and Trademark Office.  Management believes that the Company’s trademarks are well-recognized by dealers, distributors and end-users in their respective markets and are associated with a high level of quality and value. 

13


 

GOVERNMENT REGULATIONS AND ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

            The Company’s operations are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the generation, storage, handling, emission, transportation and discharge of materials into the environment.  Management believes that the Company is in substantial compliance with all applicable federal, state and local provisions relating to the protection of the environment.  The costs of complying with environmental protection laws and regulations has not had a material adverse impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations in the past and is not expected to have a material adverse impact in the future.

            The Company is also subject to the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Federal Trade Commission Improvement Act which regulates the description of warranties on products.  The description and substance of the Company’s warranties are also subject to a variety of federal and state laws and regulations applicable to the manufacturing of vehicle components.  Management believes that continued compliance with various government regulations will not materially affect the operations of the Company.

            The Financial Services Group is subject to regulation under various federal, state and local laws which limit the interest rates, fees and other charges that may be charged by it or prescribe certain other terms of the financing documents that it enters into with its customers.  Management believes that the additional administrative costs of complying with these regulations will not materially affect the operations of the Company.

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

Name

Age

Position with the Company

     

William G. Miller..........................

55

Chairman of the Board

Jeffrey I. Badgley........................

50

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Frank Madonia.............................

53

Executive Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel

J. Vincent Mish............................

51

Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and President of
     Financial Services Group

            William G. Miller has served as Chairman of the Board since April 1994.  In January 2002, Mr. Miller became the Chief Executive Officer of Team Sports Entertainment, Inc., an OTC Bulletin Board company engaged in the business of sports and entertainment marketing and management, as well as Team Sports Entertainment’s subsidiary, Team Racing Auto Circuit.  Mr. Miller served as Chief Executive Officer of the Company from April 1994 to June 1997, as Co-Chief Executive Officer of the Company from June 1997 to November 1997, and as President of the Company from April 1994 to June 1996.  He served as Chairman of Miller Group, Inc., from August 1990 through May 1994, as its President from August 1990 to March 1993, and as its Chief Executive Officer from March 1993 until May 1994.  Prior to 1987, Mr. Miller served in various management positions for Bendix Corporation, Neptune International Corporation, Wheelabrator-Frye Inc. and The Signal Companies, Inc.

            Jeffrey I. Badgley has served as Chief Executive Officer of the Company since November 1997, as President since June 1996, and as a director since January 1996.  Mr. Badgley served as Co-Chief Executive Officer of the Company from June 1997 to November 1997, as Chief Operating Officer of the Company from June 1996 to June 1997 and as Vice-President of the Company from April 1994 to June 1996.  In addition, Mr. Badgley serves as President of Miller Industries Towing Equipment Inc.  Mr. Badgley served as Vice President - Sales of Miller Industries Towing Equipment Inc. from 1988 to 1996.

14


 

Mr. Badgley served as Vice President - Sales and Marketing of Challenger Wrecker Mfg., Inc., from 1982 until joining Miller Industries Towing Equipment Inc.

            Frank Madonia has served as Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of the Company since September 1998.  From April 1994 to September 1998 Mr. Madonia served as Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of the Company.  Mr. Madonia served as Secretary and General Counsel to Miller Industries Towing Equipment Inc. since its acquisition by Miller Group in 1990.  From July 1987 through April 1994, Mr. Madonia served as Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of Flow Measurement.  Prior to 1987, Mr. Madonia served in various legal and management positions for United States Steel Corporation, Neptune International Corporation, Wheelabrator-Frye Inc., The Signal Companies, Inc. and Allied-Signal Inc.  In addition, Mr. Madonia is registered to practice before the United States Patent and Trademark Office.

            J. Vincent Mish is a certified public accountant and has served as Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of the Company since June 1999, a position he also held from April 1994 through September 1996.  He also has served as President of the Financial Services Group since September 1996 and as a Vice President of the Company since April 1994.  Mr. Mish served as Vice President and Treasurer of  Miller Industries Towing Equipment Inc. since its acquisition by Miller Group in 1990.  From February 1987 through April 1994, Mr. Mish served as Vice President and Treasurer of Flow Measurement.  Mr. Mish worked with Touche Ross & Company (now Deloitte and Touche) for over ten years before serving as Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer of DNE Corporation from 1982 to 1987.  Mr. Mish is a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and the Tennessee and Michigan Certified Public Accountant societies.

ITEM 2.          PROPERTIES

            The Company operates four manufacturing facilities in the United States.  The facilities are located in (i) Ooltewah, Tennessee, (ii) Hermitage, Pennsylvania, (iii) Mercer, Pennsylvania , and (iv) Greeneville, Tennessee.  The Ooltewah plant, containing approximately 242,000 square feet, produces light and heavy duty wreckers; the Hermitage plant, containing approximately 95,000 square feet, produces car carriers; the Mercer plant, which was acquired in December 1997, contains approximately 110,000 square feet, produces car carriers and light duty wreckers; and the Greeneville plant, containing approximately 112,000 square feet, primarily produces car carriers and trailers.

            The Company operates two foreign manufacturing facilities located in the Lorraine region of France, which contain, in the aggregate, approximately 180,000 square feet, and one in Norfolk, England, which contains approximately 30,000 square feet.

            Management believes that its existing manufacturing facilities will allow the Company to meet anticipated demand for its products.

            In connection with its towing service companies, the Company has acquired or entered into leases for property at over 150 locations in 23 states.  These facilities are utilized as offices for administrative and dispatch operations, garages for repair and upkeep of towing vehicles, and lots for storage and impounding of towed cars.  RoadOne’s corporate offices are housed in the manufacturing plant in Ooltewah, Tennessee.

ITEM 3.          LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

            The Company is, from time to time, a party to litigation arising in the normal course of its business.  Management believes that the Company maintains adequate insurance coverage and as a result,

15


 

none of these actions, individually or in the aggregate, are expected to have a material adverse effect on the financial position or results of operations of the Company.

ITEM 4.         SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

            No matters were submitted to a vote of security holders of the Registrant during the last three months of the period covered by this Transition Report.

16


 

PART II

ITEM 5.          MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED
                        STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

            The Registrant’s Common Stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “MLR.”  The following table sets forth the quarterly range of high and low sales prices for the Common Stock for the period from May 1, 1999 through December 31, 2001, adjusted for the one-for-five reverse stock split that was effected October 1, 2001.

 

High

Low

Fiscal Year Ended April 30, 2000

 

 

   First Quarter

$ 29.38

$ 13.75

   Second Quarter

$ 16.25

$ 10.31

   Third Quarter

$ 18.75

$   8.75

   Fourth Quarter

$ 25.63

$ 14.38

     

Fiscal Year Ended April 30, 2001

 

 

   First Quarter

$ 19.38

$   6.25

   Second Quarter

$ 10.00

$   4.38

   Third Quarter

$   8.75

$   2.19

   Fourth Quarter

$   7.50

$   3.50

  

  

  

Eight Months Ended December 31, 2001

  

  

    May 1, 2001 to July 31, 2001

$   5.60

$   3.10

    August 1, 2001 to October 31, 2001

$   7.05

$   2.45

    November 1, 2001 to December 31, 2001

$   3.35

$   2.10

            The approximate number of holders of record and beneficial owners of Common Stock as of March 15, 2002 was 1,856 and 10,000, respectively.

            The Company has never declared cash dividends on the Common Stock.  The Company intends to retain its earnings to finance the expansion of its business and does not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future.  Any future determination as to the payment of cash dividends will depend upon such factors as earnings, capital requirements, the Company’s financial condition, restrictions in financing agreements and other factors deemed relevant by the Board of Directors.  The payment of dividends by the Company is restricted by its revolving credit facility.

ITEM 6.          SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

            The following table sets forth the selected consolidated financial data of the Company, which should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and with the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto.  The selected consolidated financial data for the years ended April 30, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000 and 2001 have been derived from the consolidated financial statements of the Company audited by Arthur Andersen LLP, independent public accountants and the selected consolidated financial data for the eight months from May 1, 2001 to December 31, 2001 have been derived from the consolidated financial statements of the Company audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent accountants

17


 

MILLER INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 

Eight Months    

Years Ended April 30,

 

Ended          
December 31, 2001


2001     

 


2000     

 


1999     

 


1998     

 


1997     

   

 

(In thousands, except per share data)

Statements of Operations Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Towing and recovery equipment

$        203,000 

$    313,207 

 

$   374,187 

 

$     342,651 

 

$    282,541 

 

$     255,039 

Towing services

100,953 

182,255 

 

207,942 

 

183,544 

 

114,972 

 

37,417 

 

 

303,953 

495,462 

 

582,129 

 

526,195 

 

397,513 

 

292,456 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Costs and expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Costs of operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Towing and recovery equipment

178,251

273,093 

 

322,888 

 

296,669 

 

237,487 

 

211,704 

Towing services

84,102 

149,851 

 

167,098 

 

139,022 

 

81,966 

 

26,921 

 

 

262,353 

422,944 

 

489,986 

 

435,691 

 

319,453 

 

238,625 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

37,348 

65,392 

 

81,669 

 

75,081 

 

49,410 

 

30,192 

Special charges and other operating expenses,
   net (1)

16,672 

–  

 

82,896 

 

 

 

4,100  

 

 

Interest expense, net

7,324 

16,734 

 

14,029 

 

10,945 

 

3,699  

 

682 

 

Total costs and expenses:

323,697 

505,070 

 

668,580 

 

521,717 

 

376,662 

 

269,499 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

(19,744)

(9,608)

 

(86,451)

 

4,478 

 

20,851 

 

22,957 

Income tax provision/(benefit) 

1,843 

(3,174)

 

      (13,308)

 

2,272 

 

8,186 

 

8,436 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

$       (21,587)

$      (6,434)

 

$  (73,143)

 

$      2,206 

 

$      12,665 

 

$       14,521 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic net income (loss) per common share (2):

$           (2.31)

$        (0.69)

 

$      (7.83)

 

 $        0.24 

 

 $          1.42 

 

$           1.84 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

9,341 

9,341 

 

9,339 

 

9,267 

 

8,912

 

7,913 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted net income (loss) per common share (2):

$           (2.31)

$        (0.69)

 

$     (7.83)

 

$        0.23 

 

$          1.37 

 

$           1.75 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average common & potential dilutive
   shares outstanding


9,341


9,341 

 


9,339 

 


9,457 

 


9,240 

 


8,291 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance Sheet Data (at period end):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Working capital

$         87,601 

$       91,314 

 

$ 103,801 

 

$  121,449 

 

$    104,774 

 

$       61,980 

Total assets

252,963 

281,287 

 

323,694 

 

392,480 

 

329,730 

 

215,297 

Long-term obligations, less current portion

91,562 

99,121 

 

119,319 

 

133,850 

 

95,778 

 

11,282 

Common shareholders’ equity

84,843 

106,533 

 

113,821 

 

187,303 

 

180,236 

 

138,783 

(1)      Special charges and other net operating expenses include asset impairment charges of $16,672 for the eight months ended December 31, 2001, asset impairment  charges of $76,855 and costs for the rationalization of the towing services segment of $6,041 in fiscal 2000, and special charges of $4,100 in fiscal 1998 for the closure of a facility and consolidation of manufacturing operations in the towing and recovery equipment segment.

(2)     Basic and diluted net income per common share and the weighted average number of common and potential dilutive common shares outstanding are computed after giving retroactive effect to the 2-for-1 stock split effected on September 30, 1996, the 3-for-2 stock split effected on December 30, 1996, and the 1-for-5 reverse stock split effected on October 1, 2001.

18


 

ITEM 7.           MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
                        
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

            The following discussion of the results of operations and financial condition of the Company should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto.

GENERAL

              The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, which require the Company to make estimates.  Certain accounting policies are deemed “critical,” as they require management’s highest degree of judgment, estimates and assumptions.  A discussion of critical accounting policies, the judgments and uncertainties affecting their application and the likelihood that materially different amounts would be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions follows:

            Accounts receivable.  The Company extends credit to customers in the normal course of business.  Collections from customers are continuously monitored and an allowance for doubtful accounts is maintained based on historical experience and any specific customer collection issues.  While such bad debt expenses have historically been within expectations and the allowance established, there can be no assurance that the Company will continue to experience the same credit loss rates as in the past. 

            Valuation of long-lived assets and goodwill.  Long-lived assets and goodwill are reviewed for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of these assets may not be fully recoverable.  When a determination has been made that the carrying amount of long-lived assets and goodwill may not be fully recovered, the amount of impairment is measured by comparing an asset’s estimated fair value to its carrying value.  The determination of fair value is based on projected future cash flows discounted at a rate determined by management, or if available independent appraisals or sales price negotiations.  The estimation of fair value includes significant judgment regarding assumptions of revenue, operating costs, interest rates, property and equipment additions; and industry competition and general economic and business conditions among other factors.

            Upon adoption of Financial Accounting Standard No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets on January 1, 2002, the Company ceased to amortize goodwill.  In lieu of amortization, the Company is required to perform an initial impairment review of goodwill in 2002 and an annual impairment review thereafter. 

            If there is a material change in the assumptions used in our determination of fair value or if there is a material change in the conditions or circumstances influencing fair value, the Company could be required to recognize a material impairment charge.

            Income taxes.  The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities based on differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities.  The Company considers the need to record a valuation allowance to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized.  The Company considers tax loss carrybacks, reversal of deferred tax liabilities, tax planning and estimates of future taxable income in assessing the need for a valuation allowance.  The Company established a deferred tax valuation allowance of $7.1 million as of December 31, 2001.  The allowance reflects the Company’s recognition that continuing losses from operations and certain liquidity matters associated with the Company’s credit facility indicate that it is more likely than not that certain future tax benefits will not be realized as a result of future taxable income.

19


 

            Revenues.   Under the Company’s accounting policies, sales are recorded when equipment is shipped to independent distributors or other customers.  While the Company manufactures only the bodies of wreckers, which are installed on truck chassis manufactured by third parties, the Company sometimes purchases the truck chassis for resale to its customers.  Sales of Company-purchased truck chassis are included in net sales.  Margins are substantially lower on completed recovery vehicles containing Company-purchased chassis because the markup over the cost of the chassis is nominal.  Revenue from Company owned distributors is recorded at the time equipment is shipped to customers or services are rendered.  The towing services division recognizes revenue at the time services are performed.  For more information concerning the Company’s accounting policies, see Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

            Seasonality.   The Company’s net sales have historically been lower in the three month period ended July 31 st when compared to prior quarters due in part to decisions by purchasers of light duty wreckers to defer wrecker purchases near the end of the chassis model year.  The Company’s net sales have historically been relatively stronger in the three month period ended April 30 th due in part to sales made at the largest towing and recovery equipment trade show. 

            Change in Fiscal Year.   On September 25, 2001, the Company announced that its Board of Directors had approved a change in the Company’s fiscal year, from April 30 to December 31, effective December 31, 2001.  The change to a December 31 fiscal year will enable the Company to report results on a conventional calendar basis beginning in 2002.  As a result of the change in fiscal year, the Company has filed a transition report for the eight-month period ended December 31, 2001, and the comparative data below compares the financial results for that period against the results for the fiscal year ended April 30, 2001.  The periods are not directly comparable, in that they relate to periods of materially different lengths, and also that the transition period does not include results from the three months ended April 30, a fiscal quarter in which the Company’s sales have traditionally been seasonally higher than other quarters.

 

 

 

 

20


 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

            The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the components of the consolidated statements of operations expressed as a percentage of net sales.

 

 

Years Ended April 30,

 

Eight Months Ended


 

December 31, 2001

2001

 

2000

 

1999

   

 
  

Towing and Recovery Equipment Segment

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Sales

100.0%

100.0%

 

100.0%

 

100.0%

Costs and expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Costs of operations

  87.9%

87.2%

 

86.4%

 

86.6%

Selling, general and administrative

    9.0%

9.3%

 

8.9%

 

9.1%

Special charges and other operating expenses,
    net

    1.6%

0.0%

 

2.1%

 

0.0%

Interest expense, net

    1.9%

3.0%

 

2.0%

 

1.5%

     

Total costs and expenses

100.4%

99.5%

 

99.4%

 

97.2%

     

Income before income taxes

     (0.4%)

0.5%

 

0.6%

 

2.8%

     

Towing Services Segment

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

100.0%

100.0%

 

100.0%

 

100.0%

Costs and expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Costs of operations

  83.3%

82.3%

 

80.4%

 

75.7%

Selling, general and administrative

  18.8%

19.9%

 

23.3%

 

24.1%

Special charges and other operating expenses,
   net

  13.3%

0.0%

 

36.1%

 

 0.0%

Interest expense, net

    3.4%

4.1%

 

3.0%

 

3.0%

     

Total costs and expenses

118.8%

106.3%

 

142.8%

 

102.8%

     

Income (loss) before income taxes

  (18.8%)

(6.3%)

 

(42.8%)

 

(2.8%)

     

               Eight Months Ended December 31, 2001 Compared to Year Ended April 30, 2001

             Net sales for the eight months ended December 31, 2001 were $304.0 compared to $495.5 for the twelve months ended April 30, 2001.  Net sales at December 31, 2001 include only eight months activity, accounting for a substantial portion of the decrease.  Net sales in the towing and recovery equipment segment were $203.0 for the eight month period ended December 31, 2001 compared to $313.2 for the twelve months ended April 30, 2001.  The Company has experienced generally stable order rates for towing and recovery equipment in the face of continued challenging business conditions.  Demand for the Company’s towing and recovery equipment continues to be negatively impacted by cost pressures facing its customers.  For the eight months ended December 31, 2001, net sales in the towing services segment were $ 101.0 compared to $182.3 for the fiscal year ended April 30, 2001.  Revenues in the towing services segment were negatively impacted during the eight months ended December 31, 2001 due to unseasonably mild temperatures, the impact on the overall transportation industry following the events of September 11 th , and the sale of several towing services markets as part of the Company’s continued efforts to eliminate underperforming terminals.

            Cost of operations for the Company as a percentage of net sales increased to 86.3% for the eight months ended December 31, 2001 compared to 85.4% for the year ended April 30, 2001.  In the towing and recovery equipment segment, cost of operations increased slightly from 87.2% to 87.9% as a percentage of net sales primarily due to declines in overall sales volume as discussed above.  Cost of operations in the towing services segment increased as a percentage of net sales to 83.3% for the eight

  

21


 

months ended December 31, 2001 from 82.3% for the year ended April 30, 2001 primarily due to declines in revenue of certain underperforming markets.  

           Selling, general, and administrative expenses decreased 0.9% as a percentage of net sales from 13.2% for the year ended April 30, 2001 to 12.3% for the eight months ended December 31, 2001.  In the towing and recovery equipment segment, selling, general, and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales were 9.0% for the eight months ended December 31, 2001 and 9.3% for the year ended April 30, 2001.  In the towing services segment, selling, general, and administrative expenses decreased as a percentage of net sales from April 30, 2001 to December 31, 2001 from 19.9% to 18.8%.  The Company-wide decrease in selling, general, as a percentage of sales, is a result of the Company’s continued focus on cost reduction efforts implemented in prior fiscal years.

            The Company periodically reviews the carrying value of goodwill and long-lived assets in both the towing services and towing and recovery equipment businesses to determine if those assets may be recoverable based upon the future operating cash flows expected to be generated by those assets.  During the eight months ended December 31, 2001, the Company continued to evaluate its strategic alternatives for its towing services segment, including the disposal of operations in certain markets, as well as certain other long-lived assets.  This evaluation indicated that projected cash flows from certain towing services markets were not sufficient to fully recover the carrying value of its goodwill and other long-lived assets.  Accordingly, the Company recorded non-cash impairment charges of $13.4 million in its towing services segment. Based on similar evaluations of future operating cash flows, the Company recorded additional non-cash impairment charges of $3.2 million in the towing and recovery equipment segment.

            Interest expense for the eight months ended December 31, 2001 and the year ended April 30, 2001 was $7.3 million and $16.7 million, respectively.  During the eight months ended December 31, 2001, the Company incurred lower interest expense as a result of refinancing its line of credit at more favorable rates in July 2001, a decrease in debt levels and four months less interest expense in the transition period. 

            Income taxes are accounted for on a consolidated basis and are not allocated by segment.  The effective rate of the provision for income taxes was 9.3% for the eight months ended December 31, 2001 and (33.0%) for the fiscal year ended April 30, 2001.  The increase  in the effective rate is due to a deferred tax valuation allowance of $7.1 million that was recorded as of December 31, 2001.  The allowance reflects the Company’s recognition that continuing losses from operations and certain liquidity matters associated with the Company's credit facility indicate that is more likely than not that certain future tax benefits will not be realized as a result of future taxable income.

            The towing services segment reported an operating loss for the eight months ended December 31, 2001 of $2.2 million, before impairment and other special charges and an operating loss of $3.9 million for the fiscal year ended April 30, 2001.  The losses were due primarily to the results of operations in underperforming markets.  The Company continued its efforts to reduce expenses in this segment with the disposition of two markets during the eight months ended December 31, 2001 and 11 markets during the year ended April 30, 2001.  Subsequent to December 31, 2001, the Company sold assets in two additional underperforming markets.  The Company continues to investigate financial alternatives with respect to the overall towing services segment to enhance shareholder value.

            Year Ended April 30, 2001 Compared to Year Ended April 30, 2000

            Net sales for the year ended April 30, 2001 decreased 14.9% to $495.5 million from $582.1 million for the comparable period in 2000.  Net sales in the towing and recovery equipment segment decreased 16.3% to $313.2 million from $374.2 million for the comparable period in 2000 as demand for

22


 

the Company’s towing and recovery equipment continued to be negatively impacted by the cost pressures facing its customers.  Net sales in the towing services segment decreased 12.4% to $182.3 million from $207.9 million for the comparable period in 2000 due primarily to the disposition of 11 underperforming markets during fiscal 2001, as well as declines in revenues of certain other underperforming markets.

            Costs of operations for the Company as a percentage of net sales increased to 85.4% for the year ended April 30, 2001 compared to 84.2% for the comparable prior year.  In the towing and recovery equipment segment, costs of operations as a percentage of sales increased from 86.4% to 87.2%.  The increase as a percentage of net sales was primarily the result of declines in sales volume as discussed above.  In the towing services segment, costs of operations as a percentage of net sales increased to 82.3% for the year ended April 30, 2001 from 80.4% for the comparable prior period.  The increase as a percentage of net sales is due to declines in revenue coupled with increased labor and fuel cost.  The increase was offset partially by a reduction in insurance costs due to favorable claims and a return of premium. 

            Selling, general, and administrative costs decreased 19.9% to $65.4 million from $81.7 million for the comparable period of fiscal 2000.  In the towing and recovery equipment segment, selling, general, and administrative expenses for fiscal 2001 decreased 12.9% to $29.0 million from $33.3 million in fiscal 2000.  As a percentage of sales these costs increased slightly from 8.9% in fiscal 2000 to 9.3% in fiscal 2001.  In the towing services segment, selling, general, and administrative expenses for the year ended April 30, 2001 decreased 24.9% to $36.3 million from $48.4 million.  As a percentage of sales these costs decreased from 23.3% in 2000 to 19.9% in 2001.  The decrease as a percentage of sales is primarily the result of company-wide cost reduction efforts implemented in late fiscal 2000 and the first quarter of fiscal 2001.

            During the second quarter of fiscal 2000, the Company recorded special charges of $6.0 million for the further rationalization of its towing services operations.  These charges include the cost of early termination of certain employment contracts and facility leases, as well as losses on the disposal of certain excess equipment and other property-related charges.

            The Company periodically reviews the carrying amount of the long-lived assets and goodwill in both its towing services and towing and recovery equipment businesses to determine if those assets may be recoverable based upon the future operating cash flows expected to be generated by those assets.  As a result of such review during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2000, the Company concluded that projected cash flows from certain Company towing services markets and certain equipment distributors were not fully recoverable.  Accordingly, the Company recorded non-cash impairment charges of $69.1 million and $7.7 million in its towing services and towing and recovery equipment segments, respectively.

            Net interest expense increased $2.7 million to $16.7 from $14.0 million for fiscal 2000 primarily due to higher interest rates on the Company’s line of credit facility.

            Income taxes are accounted for on a consolidated basis and are not allocated by segment.  The effective rate of the provision for income taxes was (33.0%) for fiscal 2001 and (15.4)% for fiscal 2000.  The difference is due primarily to the impact of lower earnings and impairment charges related to non-deductible goodwill.

            The towing services segment reported an operating loss for the fiscal year of $3.9 million compared to a loss of $7.6 million, before impairment and other special charges, the previous fiscal year.  The loss was due to the results of operations in underperforming markets prior to their disposition.  During fiscal 2001 the Company continued its efforts to reduce expenses in this segment.  As part of these efforts, the Company disposed of 11 markets during fiscal 2001. 

23


 

            Year Ended April 30, 2000 Compared to Year Ended April 30, 1999

            Net sales for the year ended April 30, 2000 increased 10.6% to $582.1 million from $526.2 for the comparable period in 1999.  Net sales in the towing and recovery equipment segment increased 9.2% to $374.2 million from $342.7 million for the comparable period in 1999.  The increase in net sales was primarily the result of higher unit sales of chassis and wreckers.  Sales of new products, including multi-car carriers and slide axle trailers, also contributed to the increase in sales for this segment.  Net sales in the towing services segment increased 13.3% to $207.9 million from $183.5 million for the comparable period in 1999.  The increase in net sales was primarily the result of (i) the inclusion of a full year of sales of towing services companies acquired in fiscal 1999, and (ii) the inclusion since the acquisition dates in fiscal 2000 of sales from towing services companies acquired via purchase transactions.

            Costs of operations for the Company as a percentage of net sales increased to 84.2% for the year ended April 30, 2000 compared to 82.8% for the comparable prior year.  In the towing and recovery equipment segment, costs of operations as a percentage of net sales decreased slightly from 86.6% to 86.4%.  In the towing services segment, costs of operations as a percentage of net sales increased to 80.4% for the year ended April 30, 2000 from 75.7% for the comparable prior period.  Increases were due to increased labor costs of the towing operations along with associated benefits costs, and increased fuel and other vehicle costs. 

            Selling, general, and administrative costs increased 8.8% to $81.7 million from $75.1 million for the comparable period of fiscal 1999.  In the towing and recovery equipment segment, selling, general, and administrative expenses for fiscal 2000 increased 7.4% to $33.3 million from $31.0 million in fiscal 1999 primarily due to higher sales volume.  As a percentage of net sales these costs decreased slightly from 9.1% in fiscal 1999 to 8.9% in fiscal 2000.  In the towing services segment, selling, general, and administrative expenses for the year ended April 30, 2000 increased 9.8% to $48.4 million from $44.1 million due to an increased revenue base.  As a percentage of net sales these costs decreased from 24.1% in 1999 to 23.3% in 2000.  The decrease as a percentage of net sales is primarily the result of cost reduction efforts on a segment-wide basis.

            During the second quarter of fiscal 2000, the Company recorded special charges of $6.0 million for the further rationalization of its towing services operations.  These charges include the cost of early termination of certain employment contracts and facility leases, as well as losses on the disposal of certain excess equipment and other property-related charges.

            The Company periodically reviews the carrying amount of the long-lived assets and goodwill in both its towing services and towing and recovery equipment segments to determine if the carrying value of such assets may be recoverable based upon the future operating cash flows expected to be generated by those assets. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2000, the Company began a review of strategic alternatives for its towing services operations including the possible disposal of its operations in certain markets.  In connection with this review, the Company performed an evaluation of the carrying value of its long-lived assets, including goodwill.  This evaluation indicated that projected undiscounted cash flows in certain of the Company’s towing services markets and certain towing and recovery equipment were not sufficient to fully recover the carrying value of its goodwill and certain other long-lived assets related to such operations.  Accordingly, the Company recorded non-cash impairment charges of $69.1 million and $7.7 million in its towing services and towing and recovery equipment segments, respectively.

            Net interest expense increased $3.1 million to $14.0 from $10.9 million for fiscal 1999 primarily due to higher interest rates on the Company’s line of credit facility.

24


 

            Income taxes are accounted for on a consolidated basis and are not allocated by segment.  The effective rate of the provision for income taxes was (15.4)% for fiscal 2000 and 50.7% for fiscal 1999.  The difference is due primarily to the impact of lower earnings and impairment charges related to non-deductible goodwill.

            The towing services segment reported an operating loss before impairment and other special charges of $7.6 million for the fiscal year, compared with operating income of $0.4 million in the prior fiscal year.  This loss was primarily due to continued poor performance in a portion of this segment’s markets, as well as an increase in certain costs of operating, most significantly fuel expenses.  The Company accelerated its efforts to aggressively reduce expenses in its towing services segment at the corporate level, as well as in the field. 

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

            The Company’s primary capital requirements are for working capital, debt service, and capital expenditures.  Since 1996, the Company has financed its operations and growth from internally generated funds and debt financing.

            Cash provided by operating activities was $9.8 million for the eight months ended December 31, 2001 compared to $21.9 million for the year ended April 30, 2001, $8.5 million for the year ended April 30, 2000 and $3.5 million for the year ended April 30, 1999.  The cash provided by operating activities for the eight months ended December 31, 2001 reflects decreases in inventory, receivables and cash generated from operating activities, offset somewhat by decreases in accounts payable which resulted principally from reductions in purchasing levels.

            Cash used in investing activities was $0.2 million for the eight months ended December 31, 2001 compared to $8.3 million provided by investing activities for the year ended April 30, 2001, $7.6 million used in investing activities for the year ended April 30, 2000 and $32.0 million used in investing activities for the year ended April 30, 1999.  The cash was used primarily to purchase equipment in the towing services segment and was offset by proceeds from sales of equipment and businesses.

            Cash used in financing activities was $6.3 million for the eight months ended December 31, 2001 compared to $29.1 million for the year ended April 30, 2001, $4.0 million for the year ended April 30, 2000 and $30.6 million provided by financing activities for the year ended April 30, 1999.  The cash was used primarily to reduce borrowings under the Company’s credit facilities and other outstanding long-term debt and capital lease obligations.

            In July 2001, the Company entered into a new four year senior secured credit facility (the “Credit Facility”) with a syndicate of lenders to replace the existing credit facility.  As a part of this agreement, the previous credit facility was reduced with proceeds from the Credit Facility and amended to provide for a $14.0 million subordinated secured facility.  The Credit Facility originally consisted of an aggregate $102.0 million revolving credit facility and an $8.0 million term loan.  Availability under the revolving Credit Facility is based on a formula of eligible accounts receivable, inventory and fleet vehicles as separately calculated for the towing and recovery equipment segment and the RoadOne segment, respectively.  Borrowings under the term loan are collateralized by the Company’s property, plant, and equipment.  The Company is required to make monthly amortization payments on the term loan of $167,000.  The Credit Facility bears interest at the option of the Company at either the rate of LIBOR plus 2.75% or prime rate (as defined) plus 0.75% on the revolving portion and LIBOR plus 3.00% or prime rate (as defined) plus 1.00% on the term portion .

            The Credit Facility matures in July, 2005 and is collateralized by substantially all the assets of the Company.  The Credit Facility contains requirements related to maintaining minimum excess availability 

25


 

at all times and minimum quarterly levels of earnings before income taxes, depreciation and amortization (as defined) and a minimum quarterly fixed charge coverage ratio (as defined).  In addition, the Credit Facility contains restrictions on capital expenditures, incurrence of indebtedness, mergers and acquisitions, distributions and transfers and sales of assets.  The Credit Facility also contains requirements related to weekly and monthly collateral reporting.

            The subordinated secured facility (the “Junior Credit Facility”) is by its terms expressly subordinated only to the Credit Facility.  The Junior Credit Facility matures in July, 2003 and bears interest at 6.0% over the prime rate.  The Company is required to make scheduled amortization payments beginning not later than May 2002, provided that certain conditions are met, including satisfying a fixed charge coverage ratio test  and a minimum availability limit.   The Junior Credit Facility is secured by certain specified assets of the Company and by a second priority lien and security interest in substantially all other assets of the Company.  The Junior Credit Facility contains requirements for certain fees to be paid at six month intervals beginning in January, 2002 based on the outstanding balance of the facility at the time.  The Junior Credit Facility also contains provisions for the issuance of warrants for up to 0.5% of the outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock in July, 2002 and up to an additional 1.5% in July, 2003 with an exercise price equal to the then fair market value of the Company’s common stock.  The number of warrants which may be issued would be reduced pro rata as the balance of the Junior Credit Facility is reduced.

            The Junior Credit Facility contains requirements for the maintenance of certain financial covenants and imposes restrictions on capital expenditures, incurrence of indebtedness, mergers and acquisitions, distributions and transfers and sales of assets.

            On July 25, 2001, the Company borrowed $85.0 million under the new senior credit facility ($77.0 million under the revolving credit facility and $8.0 million under the term loan) and $14.0 million under the subordinated secured facility.  The proceeds of these borrowings were used to repay amounts outstanding under the existing facility in its entirety.

            On February 28, 2002 the Company entered into a Forbearance Agreement and First Amendment to Credit Agreement with the lenders under the Credit Facility, as amended by that certain Amendment to Forbearance Agreement dated as of March 18, 2002 and that certain Second Amendment to the Forbearance Agreement dated as of March 29, 2002 (as so amended, the “Forbearance Agreement”).  As a result of a revised asset appraisal conducted by the senior lenders, the senior lenders determined that the amounts outstanding under the Credit Facility should be lowered below the amount then outstanding under the Credit Facility, causing the Company to be over-advanced on its line of credit which resulted in the occurrence of an event of default under the Credit Facility and a corresponding event of default under the Junior Credit Facility.  The Forbearance Agreement and subsequent amendments waived the Company’s overadvance under the Credit Facility and amended the terms of the credit agreement to, among other things, (i) permanently reduce the commitment levels to $42.0 million for the towing and recovery equipment segment and $36.0 million for the RoadOne segment portion of the revolving credit facility and $6,611,000 for the term loan facility, (ii) eliminate the Company’s ability to borrow funds at a LIBOR rate of interest, and (iii) increase the interest rate to a floating rate of interest equal to the prime rate plus 2.75%.

            On April 15, 2002 the Company amended the Credit Facility, pursuant to which, among other things: (i) the senior lenders waived the overadvance event of default and other events of default, (ii) interest on advances will be charged at the prime rate (as defined) plus 2.75% on the revolving portion and the term portion, subject to substantial upward adjustments in the interest rate on and after certain specified dates based on the amounts outstanding under the revolving loan commitment relating to RoadOne (escalating at generally quarterly intervals from prime plus 4.50% as of October 1, 2002 to prime plus 14.00% as of April 1, 2005) and (iii) the revolving loan commitment amount relating to

26


 

RoadOne is subject to mandatory reductions over time commencing August 12, 2002, which reductions will require a mandatory repayment of portions of outstanding loans at specified dates and the failure to timely make such repayments shall result in an event of default under the bank credit agreements.  The RoadOne revolving commitment amount, which was set at $36.0 million through the April 15, 2002 amendment is scheduled to be reduced as follows:  August 12, 2002 – to $34.0 million; October 2, 2002 – to $30.0 million; March 31, 2003 – to $27.0 million; thereafter – quarterly reductions of $3.0 million through June 30, 2005.  On April 15, 2002 the Company also amended the Junior Credit Facility, pursuant to which, among other things, (i) the junior lenders waived the events of default, and ( ii) extended the time for payment of certain scheduled amortization payments.  On April 15, 2002, the junior lender agent, the senior lender agent and the Company entered into an Amended and Restated  Intercreditor and Subordination Agreement, pursuant to which, among other things, subject to certain terms and conditions, the junior lenders have agreed to defer the required payment of amortization payments under the Junior Credit Facility until November 20, 2002, April 5, 2003 and May 20, 2003. 

            The Company may continue to have difficulties in the future making the mandatory repayments and/or complying with such covenants, and in such event would have to seek additional waivers from its lenders.  Such waivers typically require payment of substantial additional fees, and there can be no assurance that the lenders will agree to any future waivers or amendments.  The Company’s bank facilities are collateralized by liens on all of the Company’s assets.  The liens give the lenders the right to foreclose on the assets of the Company under certain defined events of default and such foreclosure could allow the lenders to gain control of the operations of the Company.

            The Company believes that it will be able to make the mandatory repayments and maintain compliance with the financial covenants established by the April 2002 credit facility amendment, which should allow the Company to maintain sufficient liquidity in 2002 to fund operations.  Failure to achieve the Company’s revenue and income projections could result in failure to comply with the debt service requirements.  Such non-compliance would result in an event of default, which if not waived by the lending groups would result in the acceleration of the amounts due under the credit facility as well as other remedies.  Under these circumstances the Company could be required to find alternative funding sources, such as sale of assets or other financing sources.  If the Company were unable to refinance the credit facility on acceptable terms or find an alternative source of repayment for the credit facility, the Company’s business and financial condition would be materially and adversely affected.  There is no assurance that the Company would be able to obtain any such refinancing or that it would be able to sell assets on terms that are acceptable to the Company or at all.

           Financial Instruments

            SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities”, as amended, is effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2000.  SFAS No. 133 establishes accounting and reporting standards requiring that every derivative instrument (including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts) be recorded in the balance sheet as either an asset or liability measured at its fair value.  SFAS No. 133 requires that changes in the derivative’s fair value be recognized currently in earnings unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met.  Special accounting for qualifying hedges allows a derivative’s gains and losses to offset related results on the hedged item in the income statement, and requires that a company must formally document, designate, and assess the effectiveness of transactions that receive hedge accounting. 

            In October 2001, the Company obtained interest rate swaps as required by terms in its Credit Facility to hedge exposure to market fluctuations.  The interest rate swaps cover $40.0 million in notional amounts of variable rate debt and with fixed rates ranging from 2.535% to 3.920%.  The swaps expire annually from October 2002 to October 2004.  The hedges were deemed to be fully effective resulting in

27


 

a pretax loss of $12,000 recorded in Other Comprehensive Loss at December 31, 2001.  Upon expiration of these hedges, the amount recorded in Other Comprehensive Loss will be reclassified into earnings as interest.  Subsequent to year end, the borrowing base was converted from LIBOR to prime, which rendered the swap ineffective as a  hedge.  Accordingly, concurrent with the conversion the Company prematurely terminated the swap in February 2002 at a cost of $341,000.  The resulting loss will be recorded in Other Comprehensive Loss in February 2002 and reclassified to earnings as interest expense over the term of the Credit Facility.

            At December 31, 2001, the Company had no other derivative instruments or hedging transactions.

            Recent Accounting Pronouncements

            In September 2000, the Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) reached a final consensus on Issue No. 00-10, “Accounting for Shipping and Handling Fees and Costs”.  EITF 00-10 was effective for the fiscal year ended April 30, 2001 and addresses the income statement classification of amounts charged to customers for shipping and handling, as well as costs incurred related to shipping and handling.  The Company classifies shipping and handling costs billed to the customer as revenues and costs incurred related to shipping and handling as cost of sales, which is in accordance with the consensus in EITF 00-10.

            In June 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations” and SFAS No. 142 “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” (collectively the “Standards”).  The Standards will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2001.  Companies with fiscal years beginning after March 15, 2001 may early adopt, but only as of the beginning of that fiscal year and only if all existing goodwill is evaluated for impairment by the end of that fiscal year.  SFAS No. 141 will require companies to recognize acquired identifiable intangible assets separately from goodwill if control over the future economic benefits of the asset results from contractual or other legal rights or the intangible asset is capable of being separated or divided and sold, transferred, licensed, rented, or exchanged.  The Standards will require the value of a separately identifiable intangible asset meeting any of the criteria to be measured at its fair value.  SFAS No. 142 will require that goodwill not be amortized and that amounts recorded as goodwill be tested for impairment.  Upon adoption of SFAS No. 142, goodwill will be reduced if it is found to be impaired.  Annual impairment tests will have to be performed at the lowest level of an entity that is a business and that can be distinguished, physically and operationally and for internal reporting purposes, from the other activities, operations, and assets of the entity.  Based on the current levels of goodwill, the adoption of the Standards in calendar year 2002 would decrease annual amortization expense by approximately $1.0 million through the elimination of goodwill amortization.  However, the Company has not yet determined the impact of the new goodwill impairment standards.

            In addition, in October 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets.” SFAS No. 144 addresses (i) the recognition and measurement of the impairment of long-lived assets to be held and used and (ii) the measurement of long-lived assets to be disposed of by sale.  SFAS No. 144 differs from SFAS No. 121 by clarifying impairment testing and excluding goodwill.  In addition, SFAS No. 144 supersedes the accounting and reporting provisions of APB No. 30, “Reporting the Results of Operations – Reporting the Effects of Disposal of a Segment of a Business, and Extraordinary, Unusual and Infrequently Occurring Events and Transactions,” for segments of a business to be disposed of.  However, SFAS No. 144 retains APB No. 30’s requirement that entities report discontinued operations separately from continuing operations and extends that reporting requirement to "a component of an entity" that either has been disposed of (by sale, abandonment, or in a distribution to owners) or is classified as "held for sale".  SFAS No. 144 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2001.  The Company is currently assessing the impact of the adoption of SFAS No. 144.

28


 

ITEM 8.           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

            The response to this item is included in Part IV, Item 14 of this Report.

ITEM 9.         CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON
                     
  ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

               The Company engaged PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as its principal accountants and dismissed its former principal accountants, Arthur Andersen LLP, effective November 30, 2001.  The decision to change accountants was approved by the Audit Committee of the Company on November 30, 2001.  Neither of the reports of the former principal accountants on the financial statements of the Company for the past two fiscal years contained an adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion, nor was either qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope, or accounting principle.  

                 In connection with its audits for the two most recent fiscal years of the Company and the subsequent interim period through November 30, 2001, there were no disagreements with the former accountants on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedure, which disagreements, if not resolved to the satisfaction of the former accountants, would have caused them to make reference to the subject matter of the disagreements in their reports for such fiscal years.

            During the Company’s two most recent fiscal years and the subsequent interim period through November 30, 2001, the Company did not consult PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP regarding any matter requiring disclosure under Regulation S-K, Item 304(a)(2). 

PART III

ITEM 10.        DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

            The information contained under the headings “PROPOSAL 1:  ELECTION OF DIRECTORS” and “COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 16(A) OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934” in the definitive Proxy Statement used in connection with the solicitation of proxies for the Registrant’s Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the Commission, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.  Pursuant to Instruction 3 to Paragraph (b) of Item 401 of Regulation S-K, information relating to the executive officers of the Registrant is included in Item 1 of this Report.

ITEM 11.        EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

            The information contained under the heading “EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION” in the definitive Proxy Statement used in connection with the solicitation of proxies for the Registrant’s Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the Commission, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.  Pursuant to Instruction 3 to Paragraph (b) of Item 401 of Regulation S-K, information relating to the executive officers of the Registrant is included in Item 1 of this Report.

ITEM 12.        SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

            The information contained under the heading “SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT” in the definitive Proxy Statement used in connection

29


 

with the solicitation of proxies for the Registrant’s Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the Commission, is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

            For purposes of determining the aggregate market value of the Registrant’s voting stock held by nonaffiliates, shares held by all current directors and executive officers of the Registrant have been excluded.  The exclusion of such shares is not intended to, and shall not, constitute a determination as to which persons or entities may be “affiliates” of the Registrant as defined by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

ITEM 13.        CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

            None. 

PART IV

ITEM 14.        EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

            (a)        The following documents are filed as part of this Report:

1.         Financial Statements


Description

Page Number in
Report

 

 

Reports of Independent Accountants

F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2001, April 30, 2001 and 2000

F-4

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the eight months ended December 31, 2001
     and the years ended April 30, 2001, 2000, and 1999


F-5

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the eight months ended
     December 31, 2001 and the years ended April 30, 2001, 2000, and 1999

 
F-6

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the eight months ended December 31, 2001
     and the years ended April 30, 2001, 2000, and 1999

 
F-7

2.         Financial Statement Schedules

            The following Financial Statement Schedule for the Registrant is filed as part of this Report and should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements:


Description

Page Number in Report

 

 

Reports of Independent Public Accountants

S-1

Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

S-3

All schedules, except those set forth above, have been omitted since the information required is included in the financial statements or notes or have been omitted as not applicable or not required.

30


 

3.         Exhibits

            The following exhibits are required to be filed with this Report by Item 601 of Regulation S-K:

 

Description

Incorporated by Reference to Registration File Number

Form or Report

Date of Report

Exhibit Number in Report


           

3.1

Charter, as amended of the Registrant*

  

  

 

 

3.2

Bylaws of the Registrant

33-79430

S-1

August 1994

3.2

10.1

Settlement Letter dated April 27, 1994 between Miller Group, Inc. and the Management Group

33-79430

S-1

August 1994

10.7

10.5

Participants Agreement dated as of April 30, 1994 between the Registrant, Century Holdings, Inc., Century Wrecker Corporation, William G. Miller and certain former shareholders of Miller Group, Inc.

33-79430

S-1

August 1994

10.11

10.20

Technology Transfer Agreement dated March 21, 1991 between Miller Group, Inc., Verducci, Inc. and Jack Verducci

33-79430

S-1

August 1994

10.26

10.21

Form of Noncompetition Agreement between the Registrant and certain officers of the Registrant

33-79430

S-1

August 1994

10.28

10.22

Form of Nonexclusive Distributor Agreement

33-79430

S-1

August 1994

10.31

10.23

Miller Industries, Inc. Stock Option and Incentive Plan**

33-79430

S-1

August 1994

10.1

10.24

Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement**

33-79430

S-1

August 1994

10.2

10.25

Miller Industries, Inc. Cash Bonus Plan**

33-79430

S-1

August 1994

10.3

10.26

Miller Industries, Inc. Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan**

33-79430

S-1

August 1994

10.4

10.27

Form of Director Stock Option Agreement**

33-79430

S-1

August 1994

10.5

31


 

 

Description

Incorporated by Reference to Registration File Number

Form or Report

Date of Report

Exhibit Number in Report


10.28

Employment Agreement dated October 14, 1993 between Century Wrecker Corporation and Jeffrey I. Badgley**

33-79430

S-1

August 1994

10.29

10.29

First Amendment to Employment Agreement between Century Wrecker Corporation and Jeffrey I. Badgley**

33-79430

S-1

August 1994

10.33

10.30

Form of Employment Agreement between Registrant and each of Messrs. Madonia and Mish**

Form 10-K

April 30, 1995

10.37

10.31

First Amendment to Miller Industries, Inc. Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan**

Form 10-K

April 30, 1995

10.38

10.32

Second Amendment to Miller Industries, Inc. Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan**

Form 10-K

April 30, 1996

10.39

10.33

Second Amendment to Miller Industries, Inc. Stock Option and Incentive Plan**

Form 10-K

April 30, 1996

10.40

10.34

Employment Agreement dated July 8, 1997 between the Registrant and William G. Miller**

Form 10-Q/A

July 31, 1997

10

10.35

Guaranty Agreement Among NationsBank of Tennessee, N.A. and certain subsidiaries of Registrant dated January 30, 1998

Form 10-K

April 30, 1998

10.37

10.36

Stock Pledge Agreement Between NationsBank of Tennessee, N.A. and the Registrant dated January 30, 1998.

Form 10-K

April 30, 1998

10.38

10.37

Stock Pledge Agreement Between NationsBank of Tennessee, N.A. and the certain subsidiaries of the Registrant dated January 30, 1998.

Form 10-K

April 30, 1998

10.39

32


 

 

Description

Incorporated by Reference to Registration File Number

Form or Report

Date of Report

Exhibit Number in Report


           

10.40

Form of Indemnification Agreement dated June 8, 1998 by and between the Registrant and each of William G. Miller, Jeffrey I. Badgley, A. Russell Chandler, Paul E. Drack, Frank Madonia, J. Vincent Mish, Richard H. Roberts, and Daniel N. Sebastian**

Form 10-Q

September 14, 1998

10

10.41

Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Jeffrey I. Badgley, dated September 11, 1998**

Form 10-Q

December 15, 1998

10.1

10.42

Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Frank Madonia, dated September 11, 1998**

Form 10-Q

December 15, 1998

10.3

10.50

Agreement between the Registrant and Jeffrey I. Badgley, dated September 11, 1998**

Form 10-Q

December 15, 1998

10.4

10.51

Agreement between the Registrant and Frank Madonia, dated September 11, 1998**

Form 10-Q

December 15, 1998

10.6

10.60

Credit Agreement among Bank of America, N.A., The CIT Group/Business Credit, Inc. and Registrant and its subsidiaries dated July 23, 2001

Form 10-K

April 30, 2001

10.6

10.61

Security Agreement among the Registrant and its subsidiaries, The CIT Group/Business Credit, Inc. and Bank of America, N.A. dated July 23, 2001

Form 10-K

April 30, 2001

10.61

10.62

Stock Pledge Agreement between Registrant and The CIT Group/Business Credit, Inc. dated July 23, 2001

Form 10-K

April 30, 2001

10.62

33


 

 

Description

Incorporated by Reference to Registration File Number

Form or Report

Date of Report

Exhibit Number in Report


           

10.70

Amended and Restated Credit Agreement among the Registrant, its subsidiary and Bank of America, N.A. dated July 23, 2001

Form 10-K

April 30, 2001

10.7

10.71

Promissory Note among Registrant, its subsidiary and SunTrust Bank dated July 23, 2001

Form 10-K

April 30, 2001

10.71

10.72

Promissory Note among Registrant, its subsidiary and AmSouth Bank dated July 23, 2001

Form 10-K

April 30, 2001

10.72

10.73

Promissory Note among Registrant, its subsidiary and Wachovia Bank, N.A. dated July 23, 2001

Form 10-K

April 30, 2001

10.73

10.74

Promissory Note among Registrant, its subsidiary and Bank of America, N.A. dated July 23, 2001

Form 10-K

April 30, 2001

10.74

10.75

Warrant Agreement dated July 23, 2001

Form 10-K

April 30, 2001

10.75

10.80

Forbearance Agreement and First Amendment to the Credit Agreement by and among the Company and its subsidiaries and The CIT Group/Business Credit, Inc. and Bank of America, N.A. dated February 28, 2002*

 

 

 

 

10.81 Second Amendment to the Credit Agreement by and among the Company and its subsidiaries and The CIT Group/Business Credit, Inc. and Bank of America, N.A. dated February 28, 2002*
10.82 First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement among the Registrant, its subsidiary and Bank of America, N.A. dated July 23, 2001*

 

34


 

 

Description

Incorporated by Reference to Registration File Number

Form or Report

Date of Report

Exhibit Number in Report


10.83 Amended and Restated Intercreditor and Subordination Agreement by and among The CIT Group/Business Credit, Inc. and Bank of America, N.A.*

21

Subsidiaries of the Registrant*

 

 

 

 

23.1

Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP*

 

 

 

 

23.2

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP*

 

 

 

 

24

Power of Attorney (see signature page)*

 

 

 

 

 

*       Filed herewith.
**     Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

            (b)         Reports on Form 8-K.  The Registrant filed a report on Form 8-K on December 6, 2001 under Item 4.  The Registrant filed an amended report on Form 8-K on December 14, 2001 under Item 7.

            (c)         The Registrant hereby files as exhibits to this Report the exhibits set forth in Item 14(a)3 hereof.

            (d)         The Registrant hereby files as financial statement schedules to this Report the financial statement schedules set forth in Item 14(a)2 hereof.

 

35


 

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Reports of Independent Accountants

F-2

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets December 31, 2001,
April 30, 2001, And 2000

F-4

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations
For the Eight Months Ended December 31, 2001,
And Years Ended April 30, 2001, 2000, And 1999

F-5

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity
For the Eight Months Ended December 31, 2001,
And Years Ended April 30, 2001, 2000, And 1999

F-6

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
For the Eight Months Ended December 31, 2001 and
the Years Ended April 30, 2001, 2000, And 1999

F-7

 

 

Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements December 31, 2001,
April 30, 2001 and 2000

F-8

 

 

Reports of Independent Public Accountants
As To Schedule II - Valuation And Qualifying Accounts

S-1

 

 

Schedule II - Valuation And Qualifying Accounts

S-3

 

F-1


 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

 

  

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Miller Industries, Inc.:

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheet and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity, and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Miller Industries, Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2001, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the eight months ended December 31, 2001,in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.  These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.  We conducted our audit of these statements in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America, which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

As more fully described in Notes 2 and 7, subsequent to December 31, 2001 the Company was over-advanced on its line of credit, and accordingly in default under its credit facility agreement.  On April 15, 2002, the Company received waivers from the lenders for the defaults and amended its credit facility agreements.  Among other changes, the amended agreements require substantial upward adjustments of interest rates under certain conditions.  The amendments also reduce certain borrowing limits from $36.0 million to $34.0 million as of August 12, 2002 and to $30.0 million as of October 12, 2002.  Commencing on March 31, 2003, the borrowing limits will be further reduced by $3.0 million on a quarterly basis, with such reductions continuing until the limit reaches zero on June 30, 2005.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Atlanta, Georgia
March 22, 2002, except for Notes 2 and 7 as to which the date is April 15, 2002

 

F-2


 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

 

 

To Miller Industries, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Miller Industries, Inc. (a Tennessee corporation) AND Subsidiaries as of April 30, 2001 and 2000, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended April 30, 2001.  These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Miller Industries, Inc. and subsidiaries as of April 30, 2001 and 2000, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended April 30, 2001 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

 

 

ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

/s/ ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

Chattanooga, Tennessee
July 25, 2001

 

F-3


 

MILLER INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES


CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

DECEMBER 31, 2001, APRIL 30, 2001 AND 2000

(In thousands, except share data)

 

 December 31,
 2001

April 30,
2001

April 30,
2000

ASSETS  


  

 

 

 

CURRENT ASSETS :

 

 

 

Cash and temporary investments

$    9,863

$   6,627

$   5,990

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful
     accounts of $3,023, $2,853 and $6,509 at December 31,
     2001, April 30, 2001, and 2000 respectively

 66,555

75,104

90,437

Inventories, net

60,114

67,835

83,604

Deferred income taxes

12,421

5,371

5,879

Prepaid expenses and other

12,178

12,010

8,445

 


Total current assets

161,131

166,947

194,355

 

 

 

 

PROPERTY, PLANT, AND EQUIPMENT , net

53,122

58,564

70,284

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GOODWILL , net

33,435

46,736

49,530

 

 

 

 

PATENTS, TRADEMARKS, AND OTHER PURCHASED
     PRODUCT RIGHTS
, net

1,101

 834

1,009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OTHER ASSETS

4,174

8,206

8,516

 


 

$252,963

$281,287

$323,694

 


 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (CONTINUED)

December 31,
2001

April 30,
2001

April 30,
2000

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY  


 

 

 

 

CURRENT LIABILITIES :

 

 

 

Current portion of long-term obligations

$     12,405

$ 7,213

$    15,949

Accounts payable

36,366

43,064

46,177

Accrued liabilities and other

24,759

25,356

28,428

 


Total current liabilities

73,530

75,633

90,554

 


LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS , less current portion

91,562

99,121

119,319

 


DEFERRED INCOME TAXES

   3,028

0

0

 


COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Notes  7, 8  and 10)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY :

 

 

 

Preferred stock, $.01 par value; 5,000,000 shares authorized,
       none issued or outstanding

0

0

0

Common stock, $.01 par value; 100,000,000 shares
       authorized, 9,341,436, 9,341,753  and 9,341,427
       shares issued and outstanding at December 31,
       2001, and April 30, 2001 and 2000, respectively

93

93

93

Additional paid-in capital

145,088

145,088

145,081

Accumulated deficit

(58,096)

(36,509)

(30,075)

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

(2,242)

(2,139)

(1,278)

 


Total shareholders’ equity

84,843

106,533

113,821

 


 

$252,963

$281,287 

$323,694

 


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated balance sheets.


F-4


 

MILLER INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE EIGHT MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2001 AND

YEARS ENDED APRIL 30, 2001, 2000,  AND 1999

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

 

December 31,
2001

April 30,
2001

April 30,
2000

April 30,
1999





 

 

 

 

 

NET SALES:

 

 

 

 

     Towing and Recovery Equipment

$203,000 

$   313,207 

$     374,187 

$  342,651 

     Towing Services

100,953 

     182,255 

       207,942 

   183,544 





 

303,953 

     495,462 

       582,129 

   526,195 





 

 

 

 

 

COSTS AND EXPENSES:

 

 

 

 

     Costs of operations:

 

 

 

 

     Towing and Recovery Equipment

178,251 

     273,093 

       322,888 

  296,669 

     Towing Services

84,102 

     149,851 

       167,098 

   139,022 





 

262,353 

     422,944 

       489,986 

   435,691 

     Selling, general and administrative

37,348 

       65,392 

         81,669 

    75,081 

     Special charges and other operating expenses, net

16,672 

                0 

         82,896 

     Interest expense, net

7,324 

       16,734 

         14,029 

10,945 





          Total costs and expenses

323,697 

     505,070 

       668,580 

521,717 





 

 

 

 

 

(LOSS) INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES

(19,744)

       (9,608)

       (86,451)

4,478 

 

 

 

 

 

INCOME TAX PROVISION (BENEFIT) 

1,843 

       (3,174)

(13,308)

2,272 





NET (LOSS) INCOME

$(21,587)

$     (6,434)

$ (73,143)

$  2,206 





 

 

 

 

 

NET (LOSS) INCOME  PER COMMON SHARE:

 

 

 

 

         Basic

$    (2.31)

$      (0.69)

$      (7.83)

$    0.24 





 

 

 

 

 

         Diluted

$   (2.31)

$      (0.69)

$      (7.83)

$    0.23 





 

 

 

 

WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES OUTSTANDING:

 

 

 

 

         Basic

9,341 

         9,341 

9,339 

9,267 





 

 

 

 

 

         Diluted

9,341 

         9,341 

9,339 

9,457 





The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements.

F-5


 

MILLER INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

FOR THE EIGHT MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2001 AND YEARS ENDED APRIL 30, 2001, 2000, AND 1999
(In thousands, except share data)

 

Common
Stock

Additional
Paid-In
Capital

 Retained
Earnings
(Accumulated
Deficit)

Accumulated
Other Comprehensive
Loss

Total

  




  

 BALANCE, April 30, 1998

$           92     

$       139,847     

$          40,862     

$         (565)    

$   180,236 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

0     

0     

2,206     

0     

2,206 

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax:

 

 

 

 

 

     Foreign currency translation adjustments

0     

0     

0     

(274)    

(274)

 




Comprehensive income

0     

0     

2,206     

(274)    

1,932 

Exercise of stock options

0     

94     

0     

0     

94 

Issuance of  248,433 common shares in acquisitions

2     

7,378     

0     

0     

7,380 

Repurchase of 100,000 common shares

(1)    

(2,338)    

0     

0     

(2,339)

   




BALANCE, April 30, 1999

93     

144,981     

43,068     

(839)    

187,303 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss:

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

0     

0     

(73,143)    

0     

(73,143)

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax:

 

 

 

 

 

     Foreign currency translation adjustments

0     

0     

0     

(439)    

(439)

  




Comprehensive loss

0     

0     

(73,143)    

(439)    

(73,582)

Exercise of stock options

0     

100     

0     

0     

100 

  




BALANCE, April 30, 2000

93     

           145,081     

           (30,075)    

               (1,278)    

113,821 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss:

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

0     

0     

(6,434)    

0     

(6,434)

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax:

 

 

 

 

 

     Foreign currency translation adjustments

0     

0     

0     

(861)    

(861)






Comprehensive loss

0     

0     

(6,434)    

(861)    

(7,295)

Exercise of stock options

0     

7     

0     

0     

 




BALANCE, April 30, 2001

         93     

           145,088     

(36,509)    

          (2,139)    

      106,533 

Net loss

0     

0     

 (21,587)    

0     

(21,587)

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax:

   

 

 

 

 

     Foreign currency translation adjustments

0     

0     

0     

(91)    

(91)

     Unrealized loss on financial instruments

0     

0     

0     

(12)    

(12)

 




Comprehensive loss

0     

0     

(21,587)    

(103)    

(21,690)

 




BALANCE, December  31, 2001

$         93     

$       145,088     

 $         (58,096)    

$         (2,242)    

$      84,843 

 




The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements.

F-6


 

MILLER INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE EIGHT MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2001 AND YEARS ENDED APRIL 30, 2001, 2000, AND 1999

(In thousands)

 

 

December 31,
2001      

April 30, 2001   

April 30, 2000   

April 30, 1999   

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

$(21,587) 

$ (6,434)

$ (73,143)

$ 2,206 

Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by
     operating activities:

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

8,483 

13,556 

17,793 

15,500 

Provision for doubtful accounts

1,262 

3,845 

4,956 

2,123 

Special charges and other operating expenses, net

16,672 

76,855 

(Gain) Loss on disposals of property, plant, and equipment

105 

(543)

(713)

(837)

Gain on disposal of other long-term assets

(357)

Deferred income tax (benefit) provision

1,135 

(1,202)

(12,730)

5,054 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquired
     businesses:

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

3,271 

10,867 

(15,697)

(12,304)

Inventories

7,547 

15,032 

(6,378)

(6,209)

Prepaid expenses and other

1,462 

(3,678)

3,580 

(9,706)

Other assets

139 

(1,997)

(59)

Accounts payable

(7,736)

(3,647)

2,184 

12,554 

Accrued liabilities and other

(947)

(3,571)

11,872 

(4,906)

 



  Net cash provided by operating activities

9,806 

21,871 

8,520 

3,475 

 



INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired

(2,413)

(19,867)

 Purchases of property, plant, and equipment

(2,828)

(3,622)

(8,612)

(18,998)

Proceeds from sale of property, plant, and equipment

1,408 

3,161 

3,328 

6,606 

Proceeds from sale of other long-term assets

3,371 

Proceeds from sale of towing markets

1,077 

5,186 

Payments received on notes receivable

178 

314 

86 

272 

Other

(129)

 



Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

(165)

8,281 

(7,611)

(31,987)

 



FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

Net borrowings under senior credit facility

86,298 

Borrowings under subordinated credit facility

14,000 

Net (payments) borrowings under former credit facility

             (100,000)

(26,000)

1,000 

40,000 

Payments on long-term obligations

(3,210)

(3,168)

(5,194)

(7,579)

Borrowings under long-term obligations

43 

405 

Additions to deferred financing costs 

(3,348)

Repurchase of common stock

(2,339)

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

                     0 

100 

94 

 



Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

(6,260)

(29,161)

(4,051)

30,581 

 



EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON CASH AND TEMPORARY INVESTMENTS

 (145)

 (354)

 (199)

 (105)

 

 

 

 

 

NET CHANGE IN CASH AND TEMPORARY INVESTMENTS

               3,236 

637 

(3,341)

1,964 

CASH AND TEMPORARY INVESTMENTS, beginning of period

           6,627 

5,990 

9,331 

7,367 

 



CASH AND TEMPORARY INVESTMENTS, end of period

          $  9,863 

$  6,627 

$   5,990 

$   9,331 

 



 

 

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

 

 

 

 

Cash payments for interest, net of amounts capitalized

$  5,693 

$ 13,981

$ 13,254 

$ 10,433 

 



 

 

 

 

 

Cash payments for income taxes

$     383 

$     690 

$   2,094 

$   5,011 

 



The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements.

F-7


 

MILLER INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2001

  1.     ORGANIZATION AND NATURE OF OPERATIONS

Miller Industries, Inc. and subsidiaries ("the Company") is an integrated provider of vehicle towing and recovery equipment, systems and services.  The principal markets for the towing and recovery equipment are independent distributors and users of towing and recovery equipment located primarily throughout the United States, Canada, Europe, Asia, and the Middle East.  The Company’s products are marketed under the brand names of Century, Challenger, Holmes, Champion, Eagle, Jige, Boniface, Vulcan, and Chevron. 

The Company markets its towing and recovery services in the United States through its wholly-owned subsidiary RoadOne, Inc.

2.       LIQUIDITY

The towing and recovery equipment manufacturing and towing services industries are highly competitive.  Certain competitors may have substantially greater financial and other resources than the Company.  These industries are also subject to a number of external influences, such as general economic conditions, interest rate levels, consumer confidence, and general credit availability.  Demand for the Company’s equipment has been negatively impacted by cost pressures facing its customers.  Continuation of these pressures could impact the Company’s ability to service its debt. 

At December 31, 2001, the Company had shareholders’ equity of $84,843,000, which included an accumulated deficit of $58,096,000, and had incurred net losses of $21,587,000, $6,434,000 and $73,143,000 during the eight months ended December 31, 2001 and the two years ended April 30, 2001 and 2000, respectively.

The Company was in an over-advance position under its credit facility during the first quarter of 2002.  The Company negotiated certain amendments to the credit facility that waived the defaults and brought the Company back into compliance as of April 15, 2002, but the Company may continue to have difficulties in the future complying with such covenants, and in such event would have to seek additional waivers from its lenders.  Such waivers typically require payment of substantial additional fees, and there can be no assurance that the lenders will agree to any future waivers or amendments.  The Company’s bank facilities are collateralized by liens on all of the Company’s assets.  The liens give the lenders the right to foreclose on the assets of the Company under certain defined events of default and such foreclosure could allow the lenders to gain control of the operations of the Company. 

As more fully disclosed in Note 7, the April 15, 2002 amendments will substantially increase future interest rates at certain dates if amounts outstanding under the RoadOne portion of the revolving credit facility exceed defined thresholds.  The amendments also reduce the maximum RoadOne revolver amount from $36.0 million to $34.0 million as of August 12, 2002 and to $30.0 million as of October 12, 2002.  Commencing March 31, 2003, the borrowing limits will be further reduced by $3.0 million on a quarterly basis, with such reductions continuing until the limit reaches zero on June 30, 2005.

F-8


 

While management believes that the Company will be able to meet its debt service requirements during 2002, failure to achieve the Company’s cash flow projections could result in failure to comply with the amended debt service requirements.  Such non-compliance would result in an event of default, which if not waived by the lending groups would result in the acceleration of the amounts due under the credit facility as well as other remedies .

Further, the Company’s compliance with the quarterly reductions in the RoadOne revolver borrowing limits will most likely depend upon its ability to sell RoadOne assets at acceptable terms.  To the extent that the required reductions in the outstanding balance under the RoadOne revolver are not met through operating cash flows or sales of RoadOne assets, the Company would seek to refinance the remaining balances.  If the Company were unable to refinance the credit facility on acceptable terms or find an alternative source of repayment for the credit facility, the Company’s business and financial condition would be materially and adversely affected.  There is no assurance that the Company would be able to obtain any such refinancing or that it would be able to sell assets on terms that are acceptable to the Company or at all.

To improve liquidity and profitably, the Company has focused on cost reduction and expense control, as well as other opportunities for improving operating cash flows. The Company has also disposed of certain underperforming RoadOne assets and operations in order to improve liquidity and to reduce expenses and debt. The Company plans to continue these efforts. The Company also continues to investigate financial alternatives with respect to the overall towing services segment .

3.       SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Miller Industries, Inc. and its subsidiaries.  All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

Cash and Temporary Investments

Cash and temporary investments include all cash and cash equivalent investments with original maturities of three months or less, primarily consisting of overnight repurchase agreements.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying values of cash and temporary investments, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and accrued liabilities are reasonable estimates of their fair values because of the short maturity of these financial instruments.  The carrying values of long-term obligations are reasonable estimates of their fair values based on the rates available for obligations with similar terms and maturities.

F-9


 

Inventories

Inventory costs include materials, labor, and factory overhead.  Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market, determined on a first-in, first-out basis.  Inventories at December 31, 2001, April 30, 2001 and 2000 consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

December 31,
2001

April 30,
2001

April 30,
2000

  




Chassis

  $  8,157     

$  8,650     

$15,757     

Raw materials

12,187     

14,133     

16,226     

Work in process

9,614     

10,544     

14,487     

Finished goods

30,156     

34,508     

37,134     

  




 

  $60,114     

$67,835     

$83,604     

  




Property, Plant, and Equipment

Property, plant, and equipment are recorded at cost.  Depreciation for financial reporting purposes is provided using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets.  Accelerated depreciation methods are used for income tax reporting purposes.  Estimated useful lives range from 20 to 30 years for buildings and improvements and 5 to 10 years for machinery and equipment, furniture and fixtures, and software costs.  Expenditures for routine maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred.  Expenditures related to major overhauls and refurbishments of towing services equipment that extend the related useful lives are capitalized.  Internal labor is used in certain capital projects.

Property, plant, and equipment at December 31, 2001, April 30, 2001 and 2000 consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

December 31,
2001

April 30,
2001

April 30,
2000

 


 

 

 

 

Land

$      3,858      

$      4,052 

$    4,311 

Buildings and improvements

19,672      

22,444 

22,656 

Machinery and equipment

58,633      

58,256 

75,320 

Furniture and fixtures

9,336      

9,724 

10,224 

Software costs

5,041      

4,707 

4,368 

Construction in progress

0      

 

591 

 


 

96,540      

99,183 

117,470 

Less accumulated depreciation

(43,418)     

(40,619)

(47,186)

 


 

$    53,122      

$    58,564 

$  70,284 

 


The Company recognized $6,026,000,  $9,684,000, $13,898,000, and $12,565,000 in depreciation expense for the eight months ended December 31, 2001 and the fiscal years ended April 30, 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively.

F-10


 

The Company capitalizes costs related to software development in accordance with established criteria, and amortizes those costs to expense on a straight-line basis over five years.  System development costs not meeting proper criteria for capitalization are expensed as incurred.

Net Income (Loss) Per Share

Basic net income (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding.  Diluted net income (loss) per share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of common and potential dilutive common shares outstanding.  Diluted net income per share takes into consideration the assumed exercise of outstanding stock options resulting in approximately 190,000 potential dilutive common shares for the fiscal year ended April 30, 1999.  Diluted net income per share for the eight months ended December 31, 2001 and the fiscal years ended April 30, 2001 and 2000 does not reflect the assumed exercise of the stock options as the effect would be anti-dilutive. 

On October 1, 2001, the Company effected a one-for-five reverse common stock split.  All historical and per share amounts have been retroactively restated to reflect the reverse common stock split.

Goodwill and Long-Lived Assets

Goodwill is being amortized on a straight-line basis over periods ranging from 20 to 40 years.  The Company periodically evaluates goodwill and long-lived assets for impairment in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 121, “Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed Of” and APB Opinion No. 17, “Intangible Assets”.  SFAS No. 121 requires the carrying value of long-lived assets and certain intangibles be reviewed for impairment when events or circumstances exist that indicate the carrying amount of the related assets may not be recoverable. 

Patents, Trademarks, and Other Purchased Product Rights

The cost of acquired patents, trademarks, and other purchased product rights is capitalized and amortized using the straight-line method over various periods not exceeding 20 years.  Total accumulated amortization of these assets at December 31, 2001, April 30, 2001 and 2000 was $1,080,000, $961,000 and $788,000, respectively.  Amortization expense for the eight months ended December 31, 2001 and the fiscal years ended April 30, 2001, 2000 and 1999 was $119,000, $173,000, $134,000, and $152,000, respectively.

Deferred Financing Costs

Deferred financing costs are included in other assets and are amortized over the terms of the respective obligations.  Total accumulated amortization of deferred financing costs at December 31, 2001, April 30, 2001 and 2000 was $349,000, $2,968,000 and $841,000 respectively.  Amortization expense for the eight months ended December 31, 2001 and the fiscal years ended April 30, 2001, 2000 and 1999 was $1,272,000, $2,127,000, $961,000, and $287,000 respectively, and is included in interest expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

F-11


 

Accrued Liabilities and Other

Accrued liabilities and other consisted of the following at December 31, 2001 and April 30, 2001 and 2000 (in thousands):

 

December 31,
2001

April 30,
2001

April 30,
2000

 




Accrued wages, commissions,
   bonuses, and benefits

 $10,713     

 $12,665     

 $13,013     

Accrued income taxes

676     

635     

182     

Accrued special charges

1,089     

2,023     

4,459     

Accrued insurance

3,712     

3,469     

902     

Other

8,569     

6,564     

9,872     

 




 

$24,759     

$25,356     

$28,428     

 




Stock-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for its stock-based compensation plans under Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees”.  The Company has adopted the disclosure option of SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation”.  Accordingly, no compensation cost has been recognized for stock option grants since the options have exercise prices equal to the market value of the common stock at the date of grant.

Product Warranty

The Company provides a one-year limited product and service warranty on certain of its products.  The Company provides for the estimated cost of this warranty at the time of sale.  Warranty expense for the eight months ended December 31, 2001 and the fiscal years ended April 30, 2001, 2000 and 1999 was $1,271,000, $2,126,000, $2,079,000, and $1,719,000, respectively.

Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash investments and trade accounts receivable.  The Company places its cash investments with high-quality financial institutions and limits the amount of credit exposure to any one institution.  The Company’s trade receivables are primarily from independent distributors of towing and recovery equipment and towing service customers.  Such receivables are generally not collateralized for towing service customers.  The Company monitors its exposure for credit losses and maintains allowances for anticipated losses.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is recorded by the Company when equipment is shipped to independent distributors or other customers.  Revenue from towing services is recognized when services are performed.

F-12


 

Financial Instruments 

SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities”, establishes accounting and reporting standards requiring that every derivative instrument (including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts) be recorded in the balance sheet as either an asset or liability measured at its fair value.  Changes in the derivative’s fair value are recognized currently in earnings unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met.  Special accounting for qualifying hedges allows a derivative’s gains and losses to offset related results on the hedged item in the income statement, and requires that a company must formally document, designate, and assess the effectiveness of transactions that receive hedge accounting.  The adoption of SFAS No.133 did not have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements.  See Note 8 for additional discussions.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In September 2000, the Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) reached a final consensus on Issue No. 00-10, “Accounting for Shipping and Handling Fees and Costs”.  EITF 00-10 was effective for the fiscal year ended April 30, 2001 and addresses the income statement classification of amounts charged to customers for shipping and handling, as well as costs incurred related to shipping and handling.  The Company classifies shipping and handling costs billed to the customer as revenues and costs incurred related to shipping and handling as cost of sales, which is in accordance with the consensus in EITF 00-10.

In June 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations” and SFAS No. 142 “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” (collectively the “Standards”).  The Standards will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2001.  Companies with fiscal years beginning after March 15, 2001 may early adopt, but only as of the beginning of that fiscal year and only if all existing goodwill is evaluated for impairment by the end of that fiscal year.  SFAS No. 141 will require companies to recognize acquired identifiable intangible assets separately from goodwill if control over the future economic benefits of the asset results from contractual or other legal rights or the intangible asset is capable of being separated or divided and sold, transferred, licensed, rented, or exchanged.  The Standards will require the value of a separately identifiable intangible asset meeting any of the criteria to be measured at its fair value.  SFAS No. 142 will require that goodwill not be amortized and that amounts recorded as goodwill be tested for impairment.  Upon adoption of SFAS No. 142, goodwill will be reduced if it is found to be impaired.  Annual impairment tests will have to be performed at the lowest level of an entity that is a business and that can be distinguished, physically and operationally and for internal reporting purposes, from the other activities, operations, and assets of the entity.  Based on the current levels of goodwill, the adoption of the Standards in calendar 2002 would decrease annual amortization expense by approximately $1.0 million through the elimination of goodwill amortization.  However, the Company has not yet determined the impact of the new goodwill impairment standards.

In addition, in October 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets.” SFAS No. 144 addresses (i) the recognition and measurement of the impairment of long-lived assets to be held and used and (ii) the measurement of long-lived assets to be disposed of by sale.   SFAS No. 144 differs from SFAS No. 121 by clarifying impairment testing and excluding goodwill.  In addition, SFAS No. 144 supersedes the accounting and reporting provisions of APB No. 30, “Reporting the Results of Operations - Reporting the Effects of Disposal of a Segment of a Business, and Extraordinary, Unusual and Infrequently Occurring Events and Transactions,” for segments of a business to be disposed of.  However, SFAS No. 144 retains APB No. 30’s requirement that entities report discontinued operations separately from continuing

F-13


 

 operations and extends that reporting requirement to "a component of an entity" that either has been disposed of (by sale, abandonment, or in a distribution to owners) or is classified as "held for sale".  SFAS No. 144 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2001.  The Company is currently assessing the impact of the adoption of SFAS No. 144.

4.      FISCAL YEAR CHANGE

Effective December 31, 2001, the Company changed its fiscal year end from April 30 to December 31.  The table below summarizes selected financial data for the eight months ended December 31, 2001 and December 31, 2000.

 

Eight months
ended
December 31, 2001

Eight months ended
December 31, 2000
(unaudited)



  

(in thousands)

   

Net Sales

$303,953          

$330,565          

Depreciation and amortization

7,183          

7,690          

Special charges and other operating
    expenses, net

16,672          

0          

Operating income (loss)

(12,420)        

1,765          

Interest expense, net

7,324          

11,337          

Income (loss) before taxes

(19,744)         

(9,572)         

5.       BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

All businesses that were acquired were accounted for under the purchase method of accounting and are included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements from the dates of acquisition.  Any excess of the aggregate purchase price over the estimated fair value of identifiable net assets acquired has been recognized as a component of goodwill in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

During fiscal 1999, the Company purchased 35 towing services companies for an aggregate purchase price of $29,571,000, which consisted of $21,305,000 in cash, $950,000 in promissory notes, and $7,316,000 (246,581 shares) of common stock.  The excess of the aggregate purchase price over the estimated fair value of identifiable net assets acquired was approximately $20,058,000.

During fiscal 2000, the Company purchased three towing services companies for an aggregate purchase price of $3,392,000, which consisted of $2,434,000 in cash and $958,000 in promissory notes.  The excess of the aggregate purchase price over the estimated fair value of identifiable net assets acquired was approximately $2,222,000.

 

F-14


 

The following unaudited pro forma summary combines the results of operations of all 1999 purchase combinations and the Company as if these combinations had occurred at the beginning of fiscal 1999, after giving effect to certain adjustments, including amortization of intangible assets and related income tax effects.  The pro forma effect of the fiscal 2000 acquisitions is not material.  The pro forma summary does not necessarily reflect the results of operations as they would have been if the Company and these acquisitions had constituted a single entity during these periods (in thousands, except per share data).

 

Year ended April 30, 1999

 

 

As Reported

Pro
Forma
(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

Net sales

$526,195

$542,167

 

 

 

 

Net income

$    2,206

$    3,957

 

 

 

 

Diluted net income per share

$     0.23

$      0.37

 

6.       SPECIAL CHARGES AND DISPOSITIONS OF TOWING SERVICES ASSETS

During the eight months ended December 31, 2001, and the fiscal year ended April 30, 2000, the Company recorded special charges and other net operating expenses, for asset impairments and the rationalization of certain operations, as follows (in thousands):

 

December 31,
2001

 

April 30,
2000

 
 

Towing Services:

 

 

 

    Impairment of goodwill

$10,778

 

$50,542

    Impairment of long-lived assets

2,644

 

18,576

    Rationalization of operations

            –

 

    6,041

 
 
 

 

13,422

 

75,159

 
 

Towing and Recovery Equipment:

 

 

    Impairment of goodwill

  1,480

 

  4,967

    Impairment of long-lived assets

    1,770

 

    2,770

 
 

 

    3,250

 

    7,737

 
 

 

$16,672

 

$82,896

 
 

During the twelve months ended April 30, 2000, the Company announced plans to rationalize its towing services operations.  The Company recorded pretax, special charges of $6,041,000 for costs related to the rationalization.  These charges include approximately $4,589,000 for the cost of early termination of certain employment contracts, approximately $857,000 for the cost of early termination of facility leases and $595,000 for losses on the disposal of certain excess equipment and

F-15


 

other property-related charges.  At December 31, 2001, execution of the rationalization plan was complete and approximately $4,952,000 had been charged against the related reserves.  The remaining reserve will be utilized as payments are made under the terms of employment termination agreements and facility leases.

The Company periodically reviews the carrying amount of long-lived assets and goodwill in both its towing services and towing equipment segments to determine if those assets may be recoverable based upon the future operating cash flows expected to be generated by those assets.  As a result of such review during  the eight months ended December 31, 2001 and the fiscal year ended April 30, 2000, the Company concluded that the carrying value of such assets in certain towing services markets and certain assets within the Company’s towing and recovery equipment segment were not fully recoverable.

Impairment charges of $10,778,000 and $50,542,000 were recorded for the eight months ended December 31, 2001 and the fiscal year ended April 30, 2000, respectively, to write-down the goodwill in certain towing services markets to their estimated fair value.  Additionally, charges of $2,644,000 and $18,576,000 were recorded for the eight months ended December 31, 2001 and the fiscal year ended April 30, 2000 to write-down the carrying value of certain long-lived assets (primarily property and equipment) in related markets to estimated fair value.  The Company determined fair value for these assets on a market by market basis taking into consideration various factors affecting the valuation in each market.

The Company also reviewed the carrying values of the goodwill associated with certain investments within its towing and recovery equipment segment.  This evaluation indicated that the recorded amounts of goodwill for certain of these investments were not fully recoverable.  Impairment charges of $1,480,000 and $4,967,000 were recorded to reduce the carrying amounts of the goodwill to estimated fair value at December 31, 2001 and April 30, 2000, respectively.  The Company recorded $1,770,000 and $2,770,000 of additional costs related to the write-down of the carrying value of other long-lived assets of its towing and recovery equipment segment for the eight months ended December 31, 2001 and the twelve months ended April 30, 2000.

During the eight months ended December 31, 2001 and the fiscal year ended April 30, 2001, the Company continued its efforts to reduce expenses in the towing services segment.  As a part of these efforts, the Company disposed of assets in two underperforming markets during the eight months ended December 31, 2001 and 11 underperforming markets during the year ended April 30, 2001.  Total proceeds from these sales were approximately $1,447,000 and $5,186,000, respectively.  No significant gains or losses were realized upon the sale of these assets.  Subsequent to December 31, 2001, the Company sold assets in two additional underperforming market, as well as certain other fixed assets, for proceeds of approximately $1,266,000.  The Company continues to investigate financial alternatives with respect to the overall towing services segment to enhance shareholder value.

Accumulated amortization of goodwill was $4,373,000,  $4,550,000 and $3,073,000 at December 31, 2001, April 30, 2001 and 2000, respectively.  Amortization expense for the eight months ended December 31, 2001 and the fiscal years ended April 30, 2001, 2000 and 1999, was $1,023,000, $1,556,000, $2,791,000, and $2,476,000, respectively.

In accordance with SFAS No. 121 and APB No. 17, the Company wrote-off goodwill and long-lived assets of $3,250,000 and $7,737,000 associated with the towing and recovery equipment segment as of December 31, 2001 and April 30, 2000, respectively.  Additionally, during the eight months ended

F-16


 

December 31, 2001 and the fiscal year ended April 30, 2000, the Company wrote-off goodwill and long-lived assets associated with the towing services segment of $13,422,000 and $69,118,000, respectively.  Management believes its long-lived assets are appropriately valued following the impairment charges.

7.       LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS AND LINE OF CREDIT

Long-Term Obligations

Long-term obligations consisted of the following at December 31, 2001, April 30, 2001 and 2000 (in thousands):

 

December 31,
2001

April 30, 
2001

April 30, 
2000

 


 

 

 

 

Outstanding borrowings under senior credit facility

$85,463  

$100,000 

$126,000 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding borrowings under subordinated

 

 

 

       secured facility

14,000 

             0 

            0 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage notes payable, weighted average interest rate of 4.35%, payable in monthly installments, maturing 2003 to 2011

 1,674 

      2,568 

      2,909 

 

Equipment notes payable, weighted average interest rate of 12.51%, payable in monthly installments, maturing 2002 to 2005

   822

         926 

      3,083 

 

 

 

 

Other notes payable, weighted average interest rate of 6.49%, payable in monthly installments, maturing 2002 to 2006

2,008

       2,840 

      3,276 

 


  

103,967 

  106,334 

   135,268 

Less current portion

(12,405)

(7,213)

    (15,949)

 


 

$91,562 

 $ 99,121 

 $119,319 

 


Certain equipment and manufacturing facilities are pledged as collateral under the mortgage and equipment notes payable.

Credit Facilities

In July 2001, the Company entered into a new four year senior credit facility (the “Credit Facility”) with a syndicate of lenders to replace the existing credit facility.  As part of this agreement, the existing credit facility was reduced with proceeds from the Credit Facility and amended to provide for a $14.0 million subordinated secured facility.   The Credit Facility originally consisted of a $102.0 million revolving credit facility and an $8.0 million term loan.   The revolving credit facility provides for separate and distinct loan commitment levels for the Company's towing and recovery equipment segment and RoadOne segment, respectively.  At December 31, 2001, $40.2 million and $38.1 million, respectively were outstanding under the towing and recovery segment and RoadOne portions of the revolving credit facility.  In addition,  $7.2 million was outstanding under the senior term loan, and $14.0 million was outstanding under the subordinated secured facility.

Availability under the revolving Credit Facility is based on a formula of eligible accounts receivable, inventory and fleet vehicles as separately calculated for the towing and recovery equipment segment and the RoadOne segment, respectively.  Borrowings under the term loan are collateralized by the Company’s

F-17


 

property, plant, and equipment.  The Company is required to make monthly amortization payments on the term loan of $167,000.  The Credit Facility bears interest at the option of the Company at either the rate of LIBOR plus 2.75% or prime rate (as defined) plus 0.75% on the revolving portion and LIBOR plus 3.0% or prime rate (as defined) plus 1.0% on the term portion.

The Credit Facility matures in July 2005 and is collateralized by substantially all the assets of the Company.  The Credit Facility contains requirements relating to maintaining minimum excess availability at all times and minimum quarterly levels of earnings before income taxes, depreciation and amortization (as defined) and a minimum quarterly fixed charge coverage ratio (as defined).  In addition, the Credit Facility contains restrictions on capital expenditures, incurrence of indebtedness, mergers and acquisitions, distributions and transfers and sales of assets.  The Credit Facility also contains requirements related to weekly and monthly collateral reporting.

The subordinated secured facility is by its terms expressly subordinated only to the Credit Facility.  The subordinated secured facility matures in July 2003 and bears interest at 6.0% over the prime rate.  The Company is required to make quarterly amortization payments on the subordinated secured facility of $875,000 beginning not later than May 2002 provided that certain conditions are met, including satisfying a fixed charge coverage ratio test and a minimum availability limit.  The subordinated secured facility is collateralized by certain specified assets of the Company and by a second priority lien and security interest in substantially all other assets of the Company.  The subordinated secured facility contains requirements for certain fees to be paid at six month intervals beginning in January 2002 based on the outstanding balance of the subordinated secured facility at the time.  The subordinated secured facility also contains provisions for the issuance of warrants for up to 0.5% of the outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock in July 2002 and up to an additional 1.5% in July, 2003.  The number of warrants which may be issued would be reduced pro rata as the balance of the subordinated secured facility is reduced.

The subordinated secured credit facility contains, among other restrictions, requirements for the maintenance of certain financial covenants and imposes restrictions on capital expenditures, incurrence of indebtedness, mergers and acquisitions, distributions and transfers and sales of assets.

2002 Amendments
The Company was in an over-advance position under its credit facility during the first quarter of 2002.  On February 28, 2002 the Company entered into a Forbearance Agreement and First Amendment to Credit Agreement with the lenders under the Credit Facility, as amended by that certain Amendment to Forbearance Agreement dated as of March 18, 2002 and that certain Second Amendment to the Forbearance Agreement dated as of March 29, 2002 (as so amended, the “Forbearance Agreement”).  As a result of a revised asset appraisal conducted by the senior lenders, the senior lenders determined that the amounts outstanding under the Credit Facility should be lowered below the amount then outstanding under the Credit Facility, causing the Company to be over-advanced on its line of credit which resulted in the occurrence of an event of default under the Credit Facility and a corresponding event of default under the Junior Credit Facility.  The Forbearance Agreement and subsequent amendments waived the Company’s overadvance under the Credit Facility and amended the terms of the credit agreement to, among other things, (i) permanently reduce the commitment levels to $42.0 million for the towing and recovery equipmemt segment and $36.0 million for the RoadOne segment portion of the revolving credit facility and $6,611,000 for the term loan facility, (ii) eliminate the Company’s ability to borrow funds at a LIBOR rate of interest, and (iii) increase the interest rate to a floating rate of interest equal to the prime rate plus 2.75%.

F-18


 

On April 15, 2002 the Company amended the Credit Facility, pursuant to which, among other things: (i) the senior lenders waived the overadvance event of default and other events of default, (ii) interest on advances will be charged at the prime rate (as defined) plus 2.75% on the revolving portion and the term portion, subject to substantial upward adjustments in the interest rate on and after certain specified dates based on the amounts outstanding under the revolving loan commitment relating to RoadOne (escalating at generally quarterly intervals from prime plus 4.50% as of October 1, 2002 to prime plus 14.00% as of April 1, 2005) and (iii) the revolving loan commitment amount relating to RoadOne is subject to mandatory reductions over time commencing August 12, 2002, which reductions will require a mandatory repayment of portions of outstanding loans at specified dates and the failure to timely make such repayments shall result in an event of default under the bank credit agreements.  The RoadOne revolving commitment amount, which was set at $36.0 million through the April 15, 2002 amendment, is scheduled to be reduced as follows:  August 12, 2002 – to $34.0 million; October 2, 2002 – to $30.0 million; March 31, 2003 – to $27.0 million; thereafter – quarterly reductions of $3.0 million through June 30, 2005.  On April 15, 2002 the Company also amended the Junior Credit Facility, pursuant to which, among other things, (i) the junior lenders waived the events of default, and (ii) extended the time for payment of certain scheduled amortization payments.  On April 15, 2002, the junior lender agent, the senior lender agent and the Company entered into an Amended and Restated  Intercreditor and Subordination Agreement, pursuant to which, among other things, subject to certain terms and conditions, the junior lenders have agreed to defer the required payment of amortization payments under the Junior Credit Facility until November 20, 2002, April 5, 2003 and May 20, 2003. 

The Company may continue to have difficulties in the future making the mandatory repayments and complying with such covenants, and in such event would have to seek additional waivers from its lenders.  Such waivers typically require payment of substantial additional fees, and there can be no assurance that the lenders will agree to any future waivers or amendments.  The Company’s bank facilities are collateralized by liens on all of the Company’s assets.  The liens give the lenders the right to foreclose on the assets of the Company under certain defined events of default and such foreclosure could allow the lenders to gain control of the operations of the Company. 

The Company believes that it will be able to maintain compliance with the financial covenants established by the April 2002 credit facility amendment, which will allow the Company to maintain sufficient liquidity in 2002 to fund operations.  Failure to achieve the Company’s revenue and income projections could result in failure to comply with the amended debt service requirements.  Such non-compliance would result in an event of default, which if not waived by the lending groups would result in the acceleration of the amounts due under the credit facility as well as other remedies.  Under these circumstances the Company could be required to find alternative funding sources, such as sale of assets or other financing sources.  If the Company were unable to refinance the credit facility on acceptable terms or find an alternative source of repayment for the credit facility, the Company’s business and financial condition would be materially and adversely affected.  There is no assurance that the Company would be able to obtain any such refinancing or that it would be able to sell assets on terms that are acceptable to the Company or at all.

F-19


 

Future maturities of long-term obligations at December 31, 2002 after giving effect to the April 15, 2002 amendments are as follows (in thousands):

2002 $12,405
2003 28,849
2004 14,412
2005 47,578
2006 132
Thereafter 591

$103,967

8.       FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES

SFAS No. 133 “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities”, establishes accounting and reporting standards requiring that every derivative instrument (including certain derivatives embedded in other contracts) be recorded in the balance sheet as either an asset or liability measured at its fair value.  SFAS No. 133 requires that changes in the derivatives fair value be recognized currently in earnings unless specific hedge criteria are met.  Special accounting for qualifying hedges allows a derivative’s gains and losses to offset related results on the hedged item on the income statement, and requires that the Company must formally document, designate, and assess the effectiveness of transactions that receive hedge accounting.

In October 2001, the Company obtained interest rate swaps as required by terms in its Credit Facility to hedge exposure to market fluctuations.  The interest rate swaps cover $40.0 million in notional amounts of variable rate debt and with fixed rates ranging from 2.535% to 3.920%.  The swaps expire annually from October 2002 to October 2004.  Because the Company hedges only with derivatives that have high correlation with the underlying transaction pricing, changes in derivatives fair values and the underlying pricing largely offset.  The hedges were deemed to be fully effective resulting in a pretax loss of $12,000 recorded in Other Comprehensive Loss at December 31, 2001.  Upon expiration of these hedges, the amount recorded in Other Comprehensive Loss will be reclassified into earnings as interest   Subsequent to year end, the borrowing base was converted from LIBOR to prime, which rendered the swap ineffective as a hedge.  Accordingly, concurrent with the conversion, the Company prematurely terminated the swap in February 2002 at a cost of $341,000.  The resulting loss will be recorded in Other Comprehensive Loss in February 2002 and reclassified to earning as interest expense over the term of the Credit Facility.

At December 31, 2001, the Company had no other derivative instruments or hedging transactions.

9.       STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS

In accordance with the Company’s stock-based compensation plans, the Company may grant incentive stock options as well as non-qualified and other stock-related incentives to officers, employees, and non-employee directors of the Company.  Options vest ratably over a two to four-year period beginning on the grant date and expire ten years from the date of grant.  Shares available for granting options at December 31, 2001, April 30, 2001 and 2000 were approximately 0.4 million, 0.5 million and 0.3 million, respectively.

F-20


 

A summary of the activity of stock options for the eight months ended December 31, 2001 and the years ended April 30, 2001, 2000, and 1999 is presented below (shares in thousands):

 

December 31, 2001

April 30, 2001

April 30, 2000

April 30, 1999





 
Shares
Under
Option

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

 
Shares
Under
Option

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

 
Shares
Under
Option

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

 Shares
Under
Option

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price









Outstanding at Beginning 
   of Period

789

   $23.36

1,010

$32.61

1,033

$37.13

  828

$39.85

    Granted

175

       3.38

    100

    6.11

  160

 14.56

  248

  30.30

    Exercised

– 

   –

     (1)

  11.67

      (8)

 12.73

      (7)

  12.41

    Forfeited

(16)

     34.43

  (320)

  47.20

  (175)

 43.56

     (36)

  55.33

 



 


 


 

Outstanding at End of Period

948

   $19.49

  789

$23.36

1,010

$32.61

1,033

$37.13

 



 


 


 

Options exercisable at year end

646

   $25.18

   588

$25.76

   665

$32.73

  536

$30.90

 



 


 


 

Weighted average fair value of
   options granted

 

    $1.92

 

  $3.60

 

$9.50

 

$15.75

A summary of options outstanding under the Company’s stock-based compensation plans at December 31, 2001 is presented below (shares in thousands):

 
Exercise
Price Range

 Shares
Under
Option

 Weighted Average
Exercise Price of
Options Outstanding

 Weighted
Average
Remaining Life

 
Options
Exercisable

Weighted Average
Exercise Price of 
Shares Exercisable







$  3.05

$17.50

556

$   8.14

6.6

284

$11.19

  18.89

  27.41

181

  20.36

4.6

168

  20.32

  28.75

  38.75

101

  34.87

5.9

  84

  34.78

  43.96

  64.38

  76

  55.63

4.8

  76

  55.63

  67.50   84.06   34

  74.14

5.2

  34

  74.14





Total

948

$19.49

5.9

646

$25.18






For SFAS No. 123 purposes, the fair value of each option grant has been estimated as of the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions for grants in the eight months ended December 31, 2001 and the fiscal years ended April 30, 2001, 2000, and 1999, respectively: expected dividend yield of 0%; expected volatility of 72%, 71%, 59%, and 52%; risk-free interest rate of 4.28%, 6.10%, 6.13%, and 5.23%; and expected lives of 5.0 years for the eight months ended December 31, 2001 and 5.5 years for the fiscal years ended April 30, 2001, 2000, and 1999.  Using these assumptions, the fair value of options granted in the eight months ended December 31, 2001 and the fiscal years ended April 30, 2001, 2000, and 1999 is approximately $355,000, $300,000, $1,259,000, and $3,255,000, respectively, which would be amortized as compensation expense over the vesting period of the options.

 

 

F-21


 

Had compensation cost for stock option grants in the eight months ended December 31, 2001 and the fiscal years ended April 30, 2001, 2000, and 1999 been determined based on the fair value at the grant dates consistent with the method prescribed by SFAS No. 123, the Company’s net income and net income per share would have been adjusted to the pro forma amounts indicated below:

 

December 31,
2001      

April 30,
2001    

April 30,
2000    

April 30,
 1999    

 





Net (loss) income (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

As reported

$(21,587)

$(6,434)

$(73,143)

$2,206 

Pro forma

(21,361)

(8,217)

(75,739)

(614)

Basic net (loss) income per share:

 

 

 

 

As reported

$    (2.31)

$  (0.69)

$   (7.83)

$  0.24 

Pro forma

(2.29)

(0.88)

(8.11)

(0.07)

Diluted net (loss) income per share:

 

 

 

 

As reported

$    (2.31)

$  (0.69)

$   (7.83)

$  0.23 

Pro forma

(2.29)

(0.88)

(8.11)

(0.07)

10.     COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Commitments

The Company has entered into various operating leases for buildings, office equipment, and trucks.  Rental expense under these leases was $8,423,000, $13,753,000, $14,612,000, and $11,633,000, for the eight months ended December 31, 2001 and the fiscal years ended April 30, 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively.  The lease and rental expense includes approximately $1,000,000 annually in payments to former owners of businesses that the Company has acquired and covers properties used in the acquired business’ operations.

At December 31, 2001, future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases for the next five fiscal years are as follows (in thousands):

2002

$9,630

2003

6,187

2004

4,360

2005

2,623

2006

1,295

 Contingencies

The Company is, from time to time, a party to litigation arising in the normal course of business.  Management believes that the Company maintains adequate insurance coverage and as a result, none of these actions, individually or in aggregate, are expected to have a material adverse effect on the financial position or results of operations of the Company.

 

F-22


 

11.     INCOME TAXES

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial and tax bases of existing assets and liabilities using the currently enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse.

The (benefit) provision for income taxes consisted of the following for the eight months ended December 31, 2001 and the years ended April 30, 2001, 2000 and 1999 (in thousands):

 

December 31,
2001

April 30,
2001

April 30,
2000

April 30,
1999

 





Current:

 

 

 

 

Federal

$         0          

$(2,172)     

$  (2,550)      

$(2,855)     

State

        319          

          0      

     1,400        

     (336)     

Foreign

        388          

      200      

        572       

      409      

 





 

        707          

 (1,972)     

       (578)      

  (2,782)     

 





Deferred:

 

 

 

 

Federal

  (5,373)         

$    (899)      

$(11,278)      

   4,498      

State

     (246)         

      (360)      

    (1,327)      

      529      

Foreign

     (356)         

         57       

       (125)      

        27      

      Change in valuation
         allowance


7,111          

  
 --        

   --        
  
 --       

 





 

  1,136          

  (1,202)      

  (12,730)      

   5,054      

 





 

$    1,843         

$(3,174)      

$(13,308)      

$ 2,272      

 





The principal differences between the federal statutory tax rate and the consolidated effective tax rate for 2001, 2000, and 1999 were as follows:

 

December 31,
2001

April 30, 
2001

April 30,
2000

April 30,
1999

 





 

 

 

 

 

Federal statutory tax rate

(34.0)%

(34.0)%

(34.0)%

34.0%

State taxes, net of federal tax benefit

(0.2)   

   0.0     

   0.0     

  4.0    

Non-deductible goodwill amortization and
    impairment charges

8.3   

   3.7     

 16.3     

17.2    

Other

(0.8)   

  (2.7)    

   2.3     

 (4.5)   

Change in valuation allowance

36.0     

-- -- --

    





Effective tax rate

9.3%

(33.0)%

(15.4)%

50.7%

 





 

 

F-23


 

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 2001 and April 30, 2001 and 2000 reflect the impact of temporary differences between the amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting and income tax reporting purposes.  Temporary differences and carry forwards which give rise to deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 2001 April 30, 2001 and 2000 are as follows (in thousands):

 

December 31,
2001

April 30,
2001

April 30, 
2000




Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

$  1,149        

$     724       

$  1,020     

Accruals and reserves

    5,892        

    4,526       

    5,500     

Federal net operating loss carryforward

  15,776        

  12,482       

    7,884     

Deductible goodwill and impairment charges

    4,758        

       948       

    2,296     

Other

    1,545        

    1,667       

       842     




Total deferred tax assets

  29,120        

  20,347       

  17,542     




Less valuation allowance

(7,111)       

--        --     



Net deferred tax asset

22,009         20,347        17,542     

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

Property, plant, and equipment

    7,454        

    7,433       

    5,203     

Other

    5,162        

    2,386       

    3,013     




Total deferred tax liabilities

  12,616        

    9,819       

    8,216     




Net deferred tax asset

$9,393        

$10,528       

$  9,326     




As of December 31, 2001, the Company had federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $46.4 million which will expire between 2004 and 2022.  In addition, the Company had charitable contributions and capital loss carryforwards of $1.4 million that may be carried forward through 2006 and an AMT credit carryforward of $0.2 million, which may be carried forward indefinitely.

The deferred tax asset valuation of $7.1 million was established as of December 31, 2001.  The allowance reflects the Company’s recognition that continuing losses from operations and certain liquidity matters discussed in Note 2 indicate that it is more likely than not than certain future tax benefits will not be realized as a result of future taxable income.

As of December 31, 2001, the Company has state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $64.5 million.  As the Company believes that realization of the benefit of these state losses is remote, it has not recorded deferred tax assets associated with these losses.

In March 2002, the United States Congress enacted revisions to the tax laws currently in effect at December 31, 2001.  The changes in these regulations allow net operating losses to be carried back to offset taxable income for five preceding years.  The five-year carryback for net operating losses generated in the tax year ended April 30, 2001 will result in a receivable of approximately $4.2 million during the quarter ended March 31, 2002.

F-24


 

12.     PREFERRED STOCK

The Company has authorized 5,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock which can be issued in one or more series.  The terms, price, and conditions of the preferred shares will be set by the board of directors.  No shares have been issued.

13.     EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

During 1996, the Company established a contributory retirement plan for all full-time employees with at least 90 days of service. Effective January 1, 1999, the Company split the plan into two identical plans by operating segment.  These plans are designed to provide tax-deferred income to the Company’s employees in accordance with the provisions of Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code.

These plans provide that each participant may contribute up to 15% of his or her salary.  The Company matches 33.33% of the first 3% of participant contributions.  Matching contributions vest over a period of five years.  Company contributions to the plans were not significant in 2001, 2000, and 1999.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-25


 

14.   SEGMENT INFORMATION

The Company operates in two principal operating segments:  (i) towing and recovery equipment and (ii) towing services.  The accounting policies of the reportable segments are the same as those described in Note 3.  Management evaluates the performance of its operating segments separately to individually monitor the different factors affecting performance.  The Company measures the performance of its operating segments based on net sales, operating income, and profit or loss before taxes.  Income taxes are managed on a Company-wide basis. 

 

Towing and Recovery Equipment

 Towing
Services

 Eliminations

 Consolidated

 





 

(In Thousands)

Eight months ended
December 31, 2001:

 

 

 

 

Net sales-external

$203,000 

$100,953 

$            0 

$303,953 

Net sales-intersegment

577 

(577)

Depreciation and amortization

3,077 

4,106 

7,183 

Special charges and other operating
    expenses, net

3,250 

13,422 

16,672 

Operating income (loss) 3,122  (15,600) 58  (12,420)

Interest expense, net

3,919 

3,405 

7,324 

Income (loss) before income taxes

(747)

(19,055)

58 

(19,744)

Capital expenditures

578 

2,250 

2,828 

Total assets

242,633 

76,108 

(65,778)

252,963 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal year ended
April 30, 2001:

 

 

 

 

Net sales-external

$313,207 

$182,255 

$           0 

$495,462 

Net sales-intersegment

746 

(746)

Depreciation and amortization

4,747 

6,686 

11,433 

Operating income (loss)

11,017 

(3,945)

54 

7,126 

Interest expense, net

9,252 

7,482 

16,734 

Income (loss) before income taxes

1,765 

(11,427)

54 

(9,608)

Capital expenditures

1,604 

2,018 

3,622 

Total assets

248,886 

96,332 

(63,931)

281,287 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal year ended
April 30, 2000:

 

 

 

 

Net sales-external

$374,187 

$207,942 

$           0 

$582,129 

Net sales-intersegment

385 

(385)

Depreciation and amortization

4,082 

12,750 

16,832 

Special charges and other operating
    expenses, net

7,737 

75,159 

82,896 

Operating income (loss)

10,356 

(82,728)

(50)

(72,422)

Interest expense, net

7,821

6,208 

14,029 

Income (loss) before income taxes

2,534 

(88,935)

(50)

(86,451)

Capital expenditures

4,108 

4,504 

8,612 

Total assets

271,300 

112,040 

(59,646)

323,694 

 

 

F-26


 

 

Fiscal year ended
April 30, 1999:

 

 

 

 

Net sales-external

$342,651

$183,544 

$           0 

$526,195 

Net sales-intersegment

4,850 

(4,850)

Depreciation and amortization

3,566 

11,647 

15,213 

Operating income

15,417 

430 

(424)

15,423 

Interest expense, net

5,439 

5,506 

  10,945 

Income (loss) before income taxes

9,977 

(5,075)

(424)

4,478 

Capital expenditures

7,170 

11,828 

18,998 

Total assets

257,959 

187,084 

(52,563)

392,480 

Total net sales to foreign countries were not significant in 2001, 2000, and 1999.  Total assets located in foreign countries were not significant at December 31, 2001, April 30, 2001, 2000, and 1999.

15.   QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

The following is a summary of the unaudited quarterly financial information for the twelve months ended December 31, 2001 and 2000 (in thousands, except per share data):

 

Net
Sales

 Operating
Income
(Loss)

 

Net Income
(Loss)(a)

 

Basic
Net
Income
(Loss)
Per
Share

 

Diluted
Net
Income
(Loss) Per
Share

 

 



 


 


 


 

Year ended December 31, 2001:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First quarter

$115,088  

  $      1,214    

 

 $         (1,949)   

 

$  (0.20)  

 

$   (0.20)  

 

Second quarter

  127,551  

      3,859    

 

         29    

 

   (0.00)  

 

    (0.00)  

 

Third quarter

  112,761  

     2,001    

 

(719)    

 

   (0.08)  

 

    (0.08)  

 

Fourth quarter

  113,450  

  (14,037)   

 

(17,725)   

(b)

   (1.90)  

 

    (1.90)  

 

 



 


 


 


 

Total

$468,850  

  $    (6,963)   

 

 $     (20,364)   

 

$  (2.18)  

 

$   (2.18)  

 

 



 


 


 


 

Year ended December 31, 2000:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First quarter

$145,570  

  $     3,627    

 

 $         (108)   

 

  $  (0.01)  

 

$  (0.01)  

 

Second quarter

  142,005  

      (81,452)   

(c)  

      (71,727)   

(c)  

   (7.68)  

 

    (7.68)  

 

Third quarter

  127,495  

      (292)   

 

  (3,946)   

 

   (0.43)  

 

    (0.43)  

 

Fourth quarter

  119,717  

 967    

 

(2,920)   

 

   (0.31)  

 

    (0.31)  

 

 



 


 


 


 

Total

$534,787  

$  (77,150)

 

 $    (78,701)   

 

$  (8.43) 

 

$  (8.43)  

 

 



 


 


 


 

    

(a)   The income tax provision (benefit) has been allocated by quarter based on the effective rate for the twelve months ended December 31, 2001 and 2000.
(b) The results for the three months ended December 31, 2001 reflect asset impairments and other special charges of $16,672,000 as discussed in Note 6.
(c)   The results for the three months ended June 30, 2000 reflect asset impairments and other special charges totaling $76,855,000 as discussed in Note 6.

 

 

F-27


 

  

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
AS TO SCHEDULE II –
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

 

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Miller Industries, Inc.

             Our audit of the consolidated financial statements of Miller Industries, Inc and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2001 and for the eight months then ended referred to in our report dated March 22, 2002 also included an audit of the financial statement schedule listed in Item 14(a)2 of the Form 10-K.  In our opinion, this financial statement schedule presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein as of December 31, 2001 and for the eight months then ended when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements.

 

PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP       

/s/ PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP

 

Atlanta, Georgia
 March 22, 2002, except as to Notes 2 and 7 as to which the date is April 15, 2002

 

 

S-1


 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
AS TO SCHEDULE II –
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

 

 To Miller Industries, Inc.

             We have audited in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States, the consolidated balance sheets of Miller Industries, Inc. and subsidiaries as of April 30, 2001 and 2000, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended April 30, 2001, which are included in this Form 10-K and have issued our report thereon dated July 25, 2001.  Our audit was made for the purpose of forming an opinion on the basic financial statements taken as a whole.  The schedule listed in the index is the responsibility of the Company’s management and is presented for purposes of complying with the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and is not part of the basic financial statements.  This schedule has been subjected to the auditing procedures applied in the audit of the basic financial statements and, in our opinion, fairly states in all material respects the financial data required to be set forth therein in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole.

 

ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP     

 /s/ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

 

Chattanooga, Tennessee
July 25, 2001

 

S-2


 

MILLER INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
SCHEDULE II – VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

 

 Balance at
Beginning
of Period  
Charged
to
  Expenses
Charged
to
Other
Accounts
Written
     Off    
Balance at
End of
    Period   

(In Thousands)

Year ended April 30, 1999:
   Deduction from asset accounts:
         Allowance for doubtful accounts

$2,117

   2,123

175(a)  

(713)    

$3,702

 

 

 

 

   

 

Year ended April 30, 2000:
    Deduction from asset accounts:
         Allowance for doubtful accounts

$3,702

4,956

59(a)  

(2,208)    

$6,509

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended April 30, 2001:
    Deduction from asset accounts:
         Allowance for doubtful accounts

$6,509

3,845

(265)(b)  

 (7,236)    

$2,853

            
Eight months ended December 31, 2001: 
   Deduction from asset accounts:
       Allowance for doubtful accounts     

$2,853

1,262

–        (1,092)    

$3,023

 

(a) The other addition to the allowance for doubtful accounts results from the acquisitions in fiscal 1999 and 2000 which were accounted for under the purchase method of accounting.
(b) The other reduction to the allowance for doubtful accounts results from the dispositions of towing services markets in fiscal 2001.

 

 
   
Bal. at
Beg. of
Period
Charged to
Expense
Charged
to
Other

Claims

Bal. At
End of
Period
    (In Thousands)
 
Year Ended April 30, 1999:
              Product Warranty Reserve:

479

1,719

 -  

(1,691)

 507

Year Ended April 30, 2000:
             Product Warranty Reserve:

507

2,079

 -  

 (1,668)

918

 Year Ended April 30, 2001:
            Product Warranty Reserve:

918

2,126

-  

(2,156)

888

 
Eight Months Ended December 31, 2001
            Product Warranty Reserve:

888

1,271

 -  

(1,233)

 926

 

S-3


 

 

SIGNATURES

            Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on the 22nd day of April, 2002.

                                                                                    MILLER INDUSTRIES, INC.

                                                                                   

                                                                                     By:   /s/ Jeffrey I. Badgley                                   
                                                                                                Jeffrey I. Badgley, President,
                                                                                                Chief Executive Officer and Director

                                                                                               

            Know all men by these presents, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Jeffrey I. Badgley as attorney–in–fact, with power of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this Report on Form 10–K, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney–in–fact may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

            Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant in the capacities indicated on the 22nd day of April, 2002.

Signature

Title

   

Chairman of the Board of Directors

   

    /s/  William G. Miller


William G. Miller

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

   

    /s/ Jeffrey I. Badgley


Jeffrey I. Badgley

Vice President, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

   

    /s/  J. Vincent Mish


J. Vincent Mish

Director

   

   /s/ Paul E. Drack


Paul E. Drack

Director

   

    /s/ Richard H. Roberts


Richard H. Roberts

Director

 

37


 

 

Exhibit Index

Exhibit
Number

Description
   
3.1 Charter, as Amended of the Registrant
   
10.80 Forbearance Agreement and First Amendment to the Credit Agreement by and among the Company and its subsidiaries and The CIT Group/Business Credit, Inc. and Bank of America, N.A. dated February 28, 2002
   
10.81 Second Amendment to the Credit Agreement by and among the Company and subsidiaries and The CIT Group/Business Credit, Inc. and Bank of America, N.A. dated February 28, 2002
   
 10.82 First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement among the Registrant, its subsidiary and Bank of America, N.A. dated July 23, 2001 
   
 10.83  Amended and Restated Intercreditor and Subordination Agreement by and among The CIT Group/Business Credit, Inc. and Bank of America, N.A.
   
21 Subsidiaries of the Registrant
 
23.1  Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP
 
23.2 Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
 
24 Power of Attorney (see signature page)

 

38

 

CHARTER OF MILLER INDUSTRIES, INC.

The undersigned person, having capacity to contract and acting as the incorporator of a corporation under the Tennessee Business Corporation Act (the "Act"), adopts the following Charter for the corporation named above (the "Corporation"):

1.       The name of the Corporation is:

Miller Industries, Inc.

2.        (a)       The street address and zip code of the initial registered office of the Corporation is:

5803 Hilltop Drive
Ooltewah, Tennessee 37363

                          (b)       The initial registered office of the Corporation is located in Hamilton County, Tennessee.

                          (c)       The initial registered agent in the registered office is:

Frank Madonia

3.       The name, address, and zip code of the incorporator is;

Richard H. Roberts, Esq.

Baker, Worthington, Crossley, Stansberry & Woolf
1700 Nashville City Center
511 Union Street
Nashville, Tennessee 37219

4.       The street address and zip code of the principal office if the Corporation in the State of Tennessee is:

8503 Hilltop Drive
Ooltewah, Tennessee 37363

5.       The Corporation is for profit.

-1-

 

6.       The powers of the incorporator are to terminate upon filing of the Charter and the name and address of the individual who is to serve as the initial director of the Corporation is as follows:

William G. Miller
8503 Hilltop Drive
Ooltewah, Tennessee 37363

7.       The purposes for which the Corporation is organized are to do any and all things and to exercise any and all powers, rights, and privileges which a corporation may now or hereafter be organized to do, or to exercise, under the Act, as such is amended, from time to time.

8.       The maximum number of shares of capital stock which the Corporation shall have the authority to issue is twenty-five million (25,000,000) shares, of which twenty million (20,000,000) shares are designated Common Stock with a par value of one cent ($.01) per share, and five million (5,000,000) shares are designated Preferred Stock with a par value of one cent ($.01) per share.

The designations, preferences, privileges and powers and relative, participating, optional or other special rights and qualifications, limitations or restrictions of the above classes of capital stock shall be as follows:

                       (a)        Preferred Stock .

                                 (1)       Shares of Preferred Stock may be divided into and issued in one or more series at such time or times and for such consideration as the Board of Directors may determine. All shares of any one series shall be of equal rank and identical in all respects.

                                 (2)       Authority is hereby expressly granted to the Board of Directors to fix and determine from time to time, by resolution or resolutions providing for the establishment and/or issuance of any series of Preferred Stock, the designation of such series and the powers, preferences, and rights of the shares of such series, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, as the Board of Directors may deem advisable and to the fullest extent now or hereafter permitted by the laws of the State of Tennessee. The resolution or resolutions providing for the establishment and/or issuance of such series of Preferred Stock shall set forth: (i) the designation and number of shares comprising each series; (ii) the rate of dividends, if any, and whether such dividends shall be noncumulative, cumulative to the extent earned, or cumulative and, if cumulative, from which date or dates; (iii) whether the shares shall be redeemable and, if so, the terms and conditions of such redemption; (iv) whether there shall be a sinking fund for the redemption; (v) the rights to which the holders of the shares shall be entitled in the event of voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation, and

-2-

 
the priority of payment of shares in any such event; (vi) whether the shares shall be convertible into or exchangeable for shares of any other class or any other series and the terms thereof; and (vii) all other preferences, privileges and powers and relative, participating, optional or other special rights and qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such series.

                                 (3)       The shares of Preferred Stock shall have no voting power or voting rights with respect to any matter whatsoever, except as may be otherwise required by law or may be provided in the resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors creating the series of which such shares are a part.

                                 (4)       Authority is hereby expressly granted to the Board of Directors to make any change in the designations, terms, limitations or relative rights or preferences of any series of Preferred Stock in the same manner as provided for in the issuance of Preferred Stock, so long as no shares of such series are outstanding at such time.

                      (b)        Common Stock .

                                 (1)       After the requirements with respect to preferential dividends, if any, on any series of Preferred Stock (fixed pursuant to resolutions as provided in Article 8(a) above) shall have been met, and after the Corporation shall have complied with all requirements, if any, with respect to the setting aside of sums in a sinking fund for the purchase or redemption of shares of any series of Preferred Stock (fixed pursuant to resolutions as provided in Article 8(a) above), then, and not otherwise, the holders of Common Stock shall receive, to the extent permitted by law and to the extent the Board of Directors shall determine, such dividends as may be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors.

                                 (2)       After distribution in full of the preferential amount, if any (fixed pursuant to resolutions as provided in Article 8(a) above), to be distributed to the holders of any series of Preferred Stock in the event of the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation, the holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to receive such of the remaining assets of the Corporation of whatever kind available for distribution to the extent the Board of Directors shall determine.

                                 (3)       Except as may be otherwise required by law or by the charter of the Corporation, as amended, each holder of Common Stock shall have one vote in respect of each share of such stock held by him on all matters voted upon by the shareholders.

                      (c)        Preemptive Rights . No holder of shares of the Corporation of any class, now or hereafter authorized, shall have any preferential or preemptive right to subscribe for, purchase or receive any shares of stock of the Corporation of any class, now or hereafter authorized, or any options or warrants for such shares, or any rights to subscribe to or purchase such shares, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for such shares, which may at any time or from time to time be issued, sold or offered for sale by the Corporation.

-3-

 

9.       All corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the authority of, and the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of, a Board of Directors. The number of directors of the Corporation shall be not less than three nor more than seven, the exact number to be fixed by, or in the manner provided in, the Bylaws. The Board of Directors shall be divided into three classes serving staggered three-year terms, as nearly equal in number as possible, respectively designated "Class I", "Class II" and "Class III" directors. The initial Class I, "Class II" and "Class III" directors shall be elected by the shareholders of the Corporation. The initial Class I directors shall hold office until the 1995 annual meeting of shareholders, the initial Class II directors all hold office until the 1996 annual meeting of shareholders and the initial Class III directors shall hold office until the 1997 annual meeting of shareholders. In each case, directors shall serve until their respective successors shall have been elected and qualified, subject to their earlier death, resignation, or removal.

At each annual meeting of shareholders commencing with the 1995 annual meeting of shareholders, directors to replace the Class whose term of office expires at such meeting shall be elected to hold office for three year terms, and in each case until their respective successors shall have been elected and qualified, subject to their earlier death, resignation or removal.

If the number of directors is changed, any increase or decrease shall be apportioned among the classes so as to maintain the number of directors in each class as nearly equal as possible, but in no case will a decrease in the number of directors shorten the term of any incumbent director. Any vacancy on the Board of Directors that results from an increase in the number of directors shall be filled only by a majority of the Board of Directors then in office, and any other vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors shall be filled only by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.

Any director may be removed from office but only for cause and only by () the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares entitled to vote for the election of directors, considered for this purpose as one class, unless a vote of a specific voting group is otherwise required by law, or () the affirmative vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors then in office.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, whenever the holders of any one or more classes or series of preferred stock issued by the Corporation shall have the right, voting separately, by class or series, to elect directors at an annual or special meeting of shareholders, the election, term of office, filling of vacancies, and other features of such directorships shall be governed by the terms of this Charter applicable thereto, and such directors so elected shall not be divided into classes pursuant to this

-4-

 
Article 9 unless expressly provided by such terms. In the event of a vacancy among the directors so elected by the holders of preferred stock, the remaining directors elected by the holders of preferred stock may fill the vacancy.

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Charter, the affirmative vote of holders of 66 2/3% of the voting power of the shares entitled to vote at an election of directors shall be required to amend, alter, change, or repeal, or to adopt any provision as part of this Charter or as part of the Corporation's Bylaws inconsistent with the purpose and intent of, this Article 9.

10.      The Corporation shall have and exercise all powers necessary or convenient to effect any or all of the purposes for which the Corporation is organized and shall likewise have the powers provided by the Act, or as the same shall hereafter be amended.

11.       (a)       To the fullest extent permitted by the laws of the State of Tennessee, including without limitation, the Act, as it exists on the date hereof or as it may hereafter be amended, no director of the Corporation shall be personally liable for monetary damages to the Corporation or its shareholders for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the laws of the State of Tennessee, including, without limitation, the Act, are amended after approval of this Charter to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Act, as so amended. Any repeal or modification of this Article 11 by the shareholders shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director existing at the time of such repeal or modification or with respect to events occurring prior to such time.

                      (b)       The Corporation shall have the power to indemnify any director, officer, employee, agent of the Corporation, or any other person who is serving at the request of the Corporation in any such capacity with another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise to the fullest extent permitted by the law of the State of Tennessee as it exists on the date hereof or as it may hereafter be amended, and any such indemnification may continue as to any person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and may inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such person.

12.       The directors of the Corporation shall have the right to take any action required or permitted by vote without a meeting on written consent to the fullest extent permitted by the Act, or as the same shall hereafter be amended.

13.       In taking or not taking any action in response to an Acquisition Proposal (as defined below), the Board of Directors of the Corporation may consider the social and economic effects of consummation of the Acquisition Proposal on the employees, customers, suppliers, and other constituents of the Corporation and its subsidiaries and on the communities in which the Corporation and its subsidiaries operate or are located and the desirability of maintaining the Corporation's independence from other entities. For purposes of this Article 13, "Acquisition

-5-

 
Proposal" means an offer of any person or entity (other than the Corporation) to (a) make a tender or exchange offer for any equity security of the Corporation or any other security of the Corporation convertible into an equity security, (b) merge or consolidate the Corporation with another person or entity, or
(c) purchase or otherwise acquire all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries.

14.       The Corporation shall hold a special meeting of shareholders only in the event () of a call of the Board of Directors of the Corporation or the officers authorized to do so by the Bylaws of the Corporation, or () the holders of at least fifteen percent of all the votes entitled to be case on any issue proposed to be considered at the proposed special meeting sign, date, and deliver to the Corporation's secretary one or more written demands for the meeting describing the purpose or purposes for which it is to be held.

15. The Corporation shall enjoy and be subject to such benefits, privileges and immunities and such restrictions, liabilities and obligations as are provided with respect to corporations for profit generally by the laws of the land and which are held applicable to corporations for profit organized under the Act, or as the same shall hereafter be amended.

         Dated this _____ day of April, 1994.


Richard H. Roberts Incorporator

-6-

 
ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
OF
MILLER INDUSTRIES, INC.

1.

The name of the corporation is Miller Industries, Inc. (the "Corporation").

2.

The Charter of the Corporation is amended by striking the first paragraph of Article 8 of the Charter in its entirety and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

The maximum number of shares of capital stock which the Corporation shall have the authority to issue is One Hundred Five Million (105,000,000) shares, of which One Hundred Million (100,000,000) shares are designated Common Stock with a par value of one cent ($.01) per share, and Five Million (5,000,000) shares are designated Preferred Stock with a par value of one cent ($.01) per share.

3.

The Charter of the Corporation is further amended by striking the second sentence of the first paragraph of Article 9 of the Charter in its entirety and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

The number of directors of the Corporation shall not be less than three (3) nor more than fifteen (15), the exact number to be fixed by, or in the manner provided in, the Bylaws.

4.

Both of the foregoing amendments to the Charter were duly adopted by the shareholders of the Corporation on August 30, 1996.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused these Articles of Amendment to be executed by its duly authorized officer this 5th day of September, 1996.

                                                                   MILLER INDUSTRIES, INC.

By: /s/ Frank Madonia
Name: Frank Madonia
Title: V.P.


 
ARTICLES OF MERGER
OF
SPEED'S ENTERPRISES, INC.
(an Oregon corporation)

AND
MILLER INDUSTRIES, INC.
(a Tennessee corporation)

To the Secretary of State
State of Tennessee

Pursuant to the provisions of the Tennessee Business Corporation Act, the domestic business corporation and the foreign business corporation herein named do hereby submit the following articles of merger.

1.          Annexed hereto and made a part hereof is the Agreement and Plan of Merger (the "Plan of Merger") for merging Speed's Enterprises, Inc., an Oregon corporation ("Speed's) with and into Miller Industries, Inc., a Tennessee corporation ("Miller") as adopted at a meeting by the Board of Directors of Speed's on January 29, 1997 and adopted at a meeting by the Board of Directors of Miller on January 31, 1997.

2.         The shareholders of Miller were not required to vote on the Plan of Merger.

3.         The merger of Speed's with and into Miller is permitted by the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of Speed's and has been authorized in compliance with said laws.

4.          Miller will continue its existence as the surviving corporation under its present name pursuant to the provisions of the Tennessee Business Corporation Act.

Executed on February 27, 1997.

MILLER INDUSTRIES, INC.

By:___________________________
          Frank Madonia,
          Vice President and Secretary

 

 

[SIGNATURES CONTINUED ON FOLLOWING PAGE]

 


 

[SIGNATURES CONTINUED FROM PRECEDING PAGE]

SPEED'S ENTERPRISES, INC.

By:___________________________
Name:_________________________
Title:________________________

 


 
AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER
OF
SPEED'S ENTERPRISES, INC.
WITH AND INTO
MILLER INDUSTRIES, INC.

 

THIS AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER (the "Agreement") is made and entered into as of the 4th day of February, 1997, by and among MILLER INDUSTRIES, INC., a Tennessee corporation ("Parent"), SPEED'S ENTERPRISES, INC., an Oregon corporation (the "Company"), and the Company's shareholders identified on the signature page below (collectively, the "Shareholders" and individually a "Shareholder").

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, Parent and its subsidiaries are engaged in, among other things, the manufacture, sale and distribution of towing and recovery equipment and related services; and the Company is engaged in the provision of towing and recovery and related services (collectively, the "Company's Services"); and

WHEREAS, the Shareholders own all of the issued and outstanding common stock of the Company (the "Shares"); and

WHEREAS, prior to the consummation of the transactions described herein, the Company intends to distribute certain of its assets not related to the towing and recovery business to the Shareholders; and

WHEREAS, subject to the distribution described above, Parent and the Shareholders deem it advisable and in their respective best interests to consummate the transactions described herein; and

WHEREAS, Parent and the Shareholders intend that this Agreement be approved and adopted by all relevant parties as a plan of reorganization within the provisions of Section
368(a)(1)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"); and

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises, and the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 


 

1.           THE MERGER

1.1. The Merger. At the effective time of the merger (the "Effective Time"), upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, and in accordance with the corporate laws of the state of incorporation of Parent and the Company (the "Corporate Laws"), the Company shall be merged with and into Parent, the separate existence of the Company shall cease, and Parent shall continue as the surviving corporation under its present name (the "Merger"). Parent after the Merger is sometimes hereafter referred to as the "Surviving Corporation."

1.2. Effect of the Merger. At the Effective Time, the Surviving Corporation shall continue its corporate existence under the Laws of Tennessee and shall succeed to all rights, privileges, immunities, franchises and powers, and be subject to all duties, liabilities, debts and obligations, of the Company in accordance with the provisions of the Corporate Laws.

2.           THE SURVIVING CORPORATION

2.1. Charter. The charter of Parent as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be the charter of the Surviving Corporation until thereafter amended in accordance with applicable Law and such charter.

2.2. Bylaws. The bylaws of Parent as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be the bylaws of the Surviving Corporation until thereafter amended in accordance with applicable Law, the charter of such Surviving Corporation and such bylaws.

2.3. Board of Directors. The directors of Parent immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be the board of directors of the Surviving Corporation, each of such persons to serve until his or her successor, if there is to be one, is duly elected and qualified.

2.4. Officers. The officers of Parent immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be the initial officers of the Surviving Corporation, each of such officers to serve until his or her successor, if there is to be one, is duly qualified.

3.           MERGER CONSIDERATION; CONVERSION

3.1. Company Shares. At the Effective Time, by virtue of the Merger, and without any action on the part of the Shareholders, all of the Shares issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be canceled, retired and converted into and become the right to receive the Merger Consideration described in this Article 3.

3.2. Merger Consideration. The "Merger Consideration" shall consist of an aggregate of 276,571.43 shares (the "Merger Consideration") of Parent's Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Parent Stock").

3.3. Allocation. The Merger Consideration shall be allocated among the Shareholders of the Company in accordance with the percentages set forth opposite each such Shareholder's name next to his or her signature set forth below. If the allocation results in fractional shares, then no fractional shares shall be issued, and in lieu thereof a Shareholder shall

 


 
be paid an amount in cash equal to such fractional part of a share multiplied by the closing price of Parent's Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange on the trading day immediately preceding the Closing.

3.4. Other Shares. Each share of common stock of Parent issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall remain outstanding and continue to represent one share of common stock of the Surviving Corporation.

4.           ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

4.1. The merger of the non-surviving corporation with and into the Surviving Corporation shall be authorized in the manner prescribed by the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of the non-surviving corporation, and the Plan of Merger herein made and approved shall be submitted to the shareholders of the Surviving Corporation for their approval or rejection in the manner prescribed by the provisions of the Tennessee Business Corporation Act.

4.2. In the event that the merger of the non-surviving corporation with and into the Surviving Corporation shall have been duly authorized in compliance with the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of the non-surviving corporation, and in the event that the Plan of Merger shall have been approved by the shareholders entitled to vote of the Surviving Corporation in the manner prescribed by the provisions of the Tennessee Business Corporation Act, the non-surviving corporation and the Surviving Corporation hereby stipulate that they will cause to be executed and filed and/or recorded any document or documents prescribed by the laws of the State of Oregon and of the State of Tennessee, and that they will cause to be performed all necessary acts therein and elsewhere to effectuate the merger.

4.3. The Board of Directors and the proper officers of the non-surviving corporation and the Surviving Corporation, respectively, are hereby authorized, empowered, and directed to do any and all acts and things, and to make, execute, deliver, file, and/or record any and all instruments, papers, and documents which shall be or become necessary, proper, or convenient to carry out or put into effect any of the provisions of this Plan of Merger or of the merger herein provided for.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed or caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized agents as of the day and year first above written.

MILLER INDUSTRIES, INC.

By:  /s/ Frank Madonia
     Name:____________________
     Title:___________________
     Address:_________________
             _________________
             _________________
   Facsimile No.:_____________


SPEED'S ENTERPRISES, INC.

By:    Harold R. Coe
     Name: Harold R. Coe
     Title: President
     Address: Portland 97214
     _________________
     __________________
     Facsimile No.: 503-233-3556

[SIGNATURES CONTINUED ON FOLLOWING PAGE]

 


 

[SIGNATURES CONTINUED FROM PRECEDING PAGE]

 
  Shareholder's
Percentage of  Parent Stock:
SHAREHOLDERS:
 
33.34% /s/ Gary R. Coe          
     Gary R. Coe
    Address: 6255 S.W. Sheridan St.
                  Portland, OR  97225
                  ______________________
Facsimile No.:503-238-3388
 
2.27% /s/ Michael S. Coe                 
     Michael S. Coe
     Address: 17885 SW Zenith Pl.
                    Beaverton, OR  97007
                   ____________________
Facsimile No.: ______________
 
2.27% /s/ Karen C. Coe                    
     Karen C. Coe
     Address:  11795 SW Tualatin Rd #69
                    Tualatin, OR 97062
                     ________________________
Facsimile No.:____________________
 
2.27%  /s/ Robert L. Hill
     Robert L. Hill
     Address: 10440 S.W. 25th
                    Portland, ORE  97219
                    _________________________
Facsimile No.:____________________
 
2.27% /s/ Devin J. Edwards
     Devin J. Edwards
     Address: 262 SE Walnut
                    Hillsboro OK 97123
Facsimile No.: _____________

 


 
1.52% /s/ Daryl B. Coe          
     Daryl B. Coe
     Address: 18980 SW Cascadia St.
                    Aloha, OR  97006
                    _____________________
                    _____________________
                    _____________________
Facsimile No.:________________
 
56.06%
     100%
The Harold R. Coe and June E. Coe Trust

By: Harold R. Coe
     Title: President
     Address: 120 S.E. Clay
                    Portland, Oregon 97214
Facsimile No.: 503-238-5406


 

ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
 OF
MILLER INDUSTRIES, INC.

1.

The name of the corporation is Miller Industries, Inc. (the "Corporation").

2.

The Charter of the Corporation is amended by striking Article 9 of the Charter in its entirety and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

9. All corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the authority of, and the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of, a Board of Directors. The number of directors of the Corporation shall not be less than three (3) nor more than fifteen (15), the exact number to be fixed by, or in the manner provided in, the Bylaws. In each case, directors shall serve until their respective successors shall have been elected and qualified, subject to their earlier death, resignation, or removal.

Any vacancy on the Board of Directors that results from an increase in the number of directors shall be filled only by a majority of the Board of Directors then in office, and any other vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors shall be filled only by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.

Any director may be removed from office but only for cause and only by (a) the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares entitled to vote for the election of directors, considered for this purpose as one class, unless a vote of a specific voting group is otherwise required by law, or (b) the affirmative vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors then in office.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, whenever the holders of any one or more classes or series of preferred stock issued by the Corporation shall have the right, voting separately, by class or series, to elect directors at an annual or special meeting of shareholders, the election, term of office, filling of vacancies, and other features of such directorships shall be governed by the terms of this Charter applicable thereto. In the event of a vacancy among the directors so elected by the holders of preferred stock, the remaining directors elected by the holders of preferred stock may fill the vacancy.

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Charter, the affirmative vote of holders of 66 2/3% of the voting power of the shares entitled to vote at an election of directors shall be required to amend,


 
alter, change, or repeal, or to adopt any provision as part of this Charter or as part of the Corporation's Bylaws inconsistent with the purpose and intent of, this Article 9.

3.

The foregoing amendment to the Charter was duly adopted by the shareholders of the Corporation on August 29, 1997 and shall become effective at 12:01 A.M., Eastern Time, on September 11, 1998.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused these Articles of Amendment to be executed by its duly authorized officer this 17th day of July, 1998.

MILLER INDUSTRIES, INC.

By: /s/ Frank Madonia
      Frank Madonia
      Vice President


 

ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
OF
MILLER INDUSTRIES, INC.

 

1.

                The name of the corporation is Miller Industries, Inc. (the “Corporation”).

2.

                Article Eight of the Charter of the Corporation is hereby amended by adding the following at the end of the first paragraph of Article Eight:

Simultaneously with the effective date of these Articles of Amendment (the “Effective Date”) all issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock (“Existing Common Stock”) shall be and hereby are automatically combined and reclassified (the “Reverse Split”) as follows: each five (5) shares of Existing Common Stock shall be combined and reclassified (the “Reverse Split”) as one share of issued and outstanding Common Stock (“New Common Stock”).  The Corporation shall not issue fractional shares on account of the Reverse Split.  Instead,  the Corporation will redeem any fractional share which results from the reverse stock split at a price per share equal to the closing sale price of the Common Stock on the trading day immediately preceding the effective date of the reverse split, as reported on the New York Stock Exchange.

The Corporation shall, through its transfer agent, provide certificates representing New Common Stock to holders of Existing Common Stock in exchange for certificates representing Existing Common Stock.  From and after the Effective Date, certificates representing shares of Existing Common Stock are hereby canceled and shall represent only the right of holders thereof to receive New Common Stock .

From and after the Effective Date, the term “New Common Stock” as used in this Article Eight shall mean Common Stock as provided in the Certificate of Incorporation .

3.

                The foregoing amendment to the Charter was duly adopted by the shareholders of the Corporation on September 24, 2001 and shall become effective at 12:01 A.M., Eastern Time, on October 1, 2001.

                IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Corporation has caused these Articles of Amendment to be executed by its duly authorized officer this __ day of September, 2001.

                                                                                                MILLER INDUSTRIES, INC.

                                                                                                By:         /s/ Frank Madonia                         
                                                                                                Name:  Frank Madonia
                                                                                                Title:  Executive Vice President

 

 

Exhibit 10.80

FORBEARANCE AGREEMENT AND FIRST
AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

            THIS FORBEARANCE AGREEMENT AND FIRST AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of this 28 th day of February, 2002, among Miller Industries, Inc., a Tennessee corporation (“Parent”), and each of the other Subsidiaries of Parent listed on the signature page hereto (together with Parent, collectively, “Borrowers”), the Lenders party to this Agreement (the “Lenders”), The CIT Group/Business Credit, Inc., as Collateral Agent, and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Syndication Agent, Existing Titled Collateral Agent and Letter of Credit Issuer (in such capacity, together with the Collateral Agent, the “Agents”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

            WHEREAS, Borrowers, the Lenders and the Agents entered into that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of July 23, 2001, pursuant to which the Lenders agreed to make certain loans to Borrowers (as amended, modified, supplemented and restated from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”); and

            WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 1.2(a) and 3.1 of the Credit Agreement, Borrowers agreed not to permit Aggregate RoadOne Revolver Outstandings to exceed RoadOne Availability; and

            WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 7.25 of the Credit Agreement, Borrowers agreed to maintain Excess Availability of at least $5,000,000 and RoadOne Excess Availability of at least $1,000,000; and

            WHEREAS, the Agents and the Lenders relied on such agreements of Borrowers in agreeing to make Loans and other financial accommodations available to Borrowers; and

            WHEREAS, Aggregate RoadOne Outstandings exceed RoadOne Availability, Excess Availability is less than $5,000,000, and RoadOne Excess Availability is less than $1,000,000; and

            WHEREAS, the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, has made demand on Borrowers for the cure of these payment Events of Default, and Borrowers have failed to cure such Events of Default; and

 


 

            WHEREAS, Borrowers have requested that Agents and Lenders temporarily forbear from exercising their rights and remedies under the Credit Agreement and other Loan documents with respect to these Events of Default; and

            WHEREAS, the Agents and the Lenders are willing to grant such temporary forbearance, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, including the amendments set forth herein.

            NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and legal sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

            1.            All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise expressly defined herein shall have the respective meanings given to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

            2.            As used in this Agreement, “Excess Proceeds”, “Overadvance Amount” and “RoadOne Overadvance Amount” have the meanings set forth below:

Excess Proceeds ” means, in connection with any Asset Disposition, the amount, if any, by which (a) the Net Proceeds from such Asset Disposition exceed (b) the sum of all Net Senior Creditor Proceeds and Required Payments required to be paid in connection with such Asset Disposition pursuant to Section 3.4(b) of the Credit Agreement.

Overadvance ” means the amount by which (a) Aggregate Revolver Outstandings exceed (b) the Borrowing Base minus Reserves (other than Reserves deducted in the calculation of the Borrowing Base) minus the $5,000,000 Excess Availability requirement set forth in Section 7.25 of the Credit Agreement.

RoadOne Overadvance ” means the amount by which (a) Aggregate RoadOne Revolver Outstandings exceed (b) the RoadOne Borrowing Base minus Reserves relating solely to the RoadOne Borrowers and their assets (other than Reserves deducted in the calculation of the RoadOne Borrowing Base) minus the $1,000,000 RoadOne Excess Availability requirement set forth in Section 7.25 of the Credit Agreement.

            3.            Borrowers acknowledge that they are in default under Sections 1.2(a) , 3.1 , 5.3(a) and 7.25 of the Credit Agreement as a result of the fact that (a) Borrowers have failed to cure Overadvances and RoadOne Overadvances existing prior to the date of this Agreement following the Collateral Agent’s demand, on behalf of the Lenders, for such cure, (b) as of the date of this Agreement, an Overadvance exists in the amount of $1,359,196.19 and a RoadOne Overadvance exists in the amount of $4,356,088.23, and (c) Borrowers have failed to notify the Collateral Agent and Lenders in writing of the foregoing (collectively, the “Existing Defaults”), and that neither the Agents nor the Lenders have waived or agreed to waive any of such Existing Defaults.  Borrowers acknowledge that, because of the Existing Defaults, the Agents and the Lenders have the right, among other things, to declare all of the Obligations to be immediately due, payable and

- 2 -


 

performable, and to enforce collection of those Obligations by repossessing and disposing of any interest in the Collateral thereunder.

            4.            In consideration of Borrowers’ timely and strict compliance with their agreements set forth in the Credit Agreement, and in reliance upon the representations, warranties, agreements and covenants of Borrowers set forth herein, the Agents and the Lenders agree, subject to the terms of this Agreement, to forbear until March 18, 2002 from exercising their rights and remedies under the Credit Agreement and the related Loan Documents as a result of the Existing Defaults and any default under Sections 1.2(a) , 3.1 , 5.3(a) and 7.25 of the Credit Agreement arising after the date of this Agreement (but before March 18, 2002) as a result of any continuing Overadvance or RoadOne Overadvance that does not exceed the limits set forth in Paragraph 5 of this Agreement (together with the Existing Defaults, the “Specified Defaults”).  Notwithstanding such temporary forbearance, (a) the Agents and the Lenders reserve all of their rights and remedies at all times with respect to any default under the Credit Agreement or this Agreement other than a Specified Default, whether presently existing or occurring hereafter, and (b) the Agents and the Lenders reserve all of their rights and remedies to institute a payment blockage with respect to any payment due under the Subordinated Debt after the date of this Agreement in accordance with the terms of the Subordination Agreement as a result of the Specified Defaults.  At any time on or after the earlier of (i) March 18, 2002 and (ii) the occurrence of an Event of Default (other than a Specified Default) or the breach by the Borrowers of any of their representations, warranties, agreements or covenants set forth in this Agreement, the Agents and the Lenders may exercise any of their rights and remedies under or with respect to the Credit Agreement, the related Loan Documents or this Agreement, whether relating to a Specified Default or otherwise.

            5.            The Borrowers acknowledge that, notwithstanding the temporary forbearance set forth in Paragraph 4 of this Agreement, it shall be an immediate Event of Default (without requirement of any demand or notice from the Agents or Lenders) if (a) the amount of the Overadvance at any time exceeds $4,300,000, as such limit is reduced from time to time in accordance with Paragraphs 6 and 7 of this Agreement, (b) the amount of the RoadOne Overadvance at any time exceeds $6,000,000, as such limit is reduced from time to time in accordance with Paragraphs 6 and 7 of this Agreement, (c) the Aggregate Revolver Outstandings exceed the Maximum Revolver Amount (as reduced in accordance with Paragraph 8 of this Agreement) minus Reserves (other than Reserves deducted in the calculation of the Borrowing Base), (d) the Aggregate RoadOne Revolver Outstandings exceed the Maximum RoadOne Revolver Amount (as reduced in accordance with Paragraph 8 of this Agreement) minus Reserves relating solely to the RoadOne Borrowers and their assets (other than Reserves deducted in the calculation of the RoadOne Borrowing Base), or (e) the Aggregate Miller Revolver Outstandings exceed the Maximum Miller Revolver Amount (as reduced in accordance with Paragraph 8 of this Agreement) minus Reserves relating solely to the Miller Borrowers and their assets (other than Reserves deducted in the calculation of the Miller Borrowing Base).

            6.            The Borrowers acknowledge and agree that, without duplication of any reduction, (a) to the extent that the Excess Proceeds from any single Asset Disposition occurring on or after the date hereof exceed $200,000, both the amount of the Overadvance and the amount of the RoadOne Overadvance permitted under Paragraph 5 of this Agreement shall be permanently reduced by the amount of such excess, and (b) to the extent that the Excess Proceeds from all Asset Dispositions

- 3 -


 

occurring on or after the date hereof exceed $500,000 in the aggregate, both the amount of the Overadvance and the amount of the RoadOne Overadvance permitted under Paragraph 5 of this Agreement shall be permanently reduced by the amount of such excess.

            7.            The parties hereto acknowledge that, as of the date of this Agreement, the aggregate net amount of Accounts of the RoadOne Borrowers that are excluded from eligibility as Eligible RoadOne Accounts as a result of the fact that such Accounts have not been paid within 90 days after the invoice date or 60 days after the due date (the “Aged RoadOne Accounts”) is $3,342,028.  The Borrowers acknowledge and agree that both the amount of the Overadvance and the amount of the RoadOne Overadvance permitted under Paragraph 5 of this Agreement shall be permanently reduced by an amount equal to any reduction in the aggregate net amount of the Aged RoadOne Accounts after the date of this Agreement (other than reductions achieved by Borrowers’ write-off of uncollectible Accounts).

            8.            The Credit Agreement is amended as of February 1, 2002 by deleting the definitions of “Maximum Miller Revolver Amount”, “Maximum Revolver Amount” and “Maximum RoadOne Revolver Amount” set forth in Annex A to the Credit Agreement and replacing such definitions with the following:

Maximum Miller Revolver Amount ” means $42,000,000, as adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section 1.2(j) .

Maximum Revolver Amount ” means $82,000,000.

Maximum RoadOne Revolver Amount ” means $40,000,000, as adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section 1.2(j) .

            9.            The Credit Agreement is amended by deleting the first sentence of Section 1.1 thereof and replacing it with the following:

Subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Lenders agree to make available a total credit facility of up to $90,000,000 (the “ Total Facility ”) to the Borrowers from time to time during the term of this Agreement.

            10.            The Credit Agreement is amended by deleting Schedule 1.1 thereto and replacing it with Schedule 1.1 attached to this Agreement.

            11.            The parties hereto acknowledge that, effective as of February 1, 2002 and at all time hereafter during the continuance of an Event of Default (including the Specified Defaults), the Default Rate shall be applicable to all of the Obligations.

            12.            The parties hereto agree that the Credit Agreement is amended by deleing Section 7.27 (Hedge Agreements) in its entirety.  The provisions of this Paragraph shall not in any manner limit the rights of the Collateral Agent to establish reserves with respect to other Hedge Agreements in effect from time to time in accordance with the definition of “Bank Products Reserve” set forth in the Credit Agreement.

- 4 -


 

            13.            Borrowers acknowledge and agree that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Credit Agreement, no Loans shall be made as or converted or continued into LIBOR Loans on or after the date hereof.

            14.            Borrowers agree to provide to each of the Lenders, on or before March 1, 2002, cash flow projections in form and detail acceptable to the Lenders with respect to the Miller Borrowers and the RoadOne Borrowers.

            15.            Borrowers acknowledge that (a) except as expressly set forth herein, neither the Agents nor any Lender has agreed to (and has no obligation whatsoever to discuss, negotiate or agree to) any other restructuring, modification, amendment, waiver or forbearance with respect to the Obligations or the Credit Agreement, (b) no understanding with respect to any other restructuring, modification, amendment, waiver or forbearance with respect to the Obligations or the Credit Agreement shall constitute a legally binding agreement or contract, or have any force or effect whatsoever, unless and until reduced to writing and signed by authorized representatives of each party hereto, and (c) the execution and delivery of this Agreement has not established any course of dealing between the parties hereto or created any obligation or agreement of the Agents or any Lender with respect to any future restructuring, modification, amendment, waiver or forbearance with respect to the Obligations or the Credit Agreement.

            16.            To induce the Agents and the Lenders to enter into this Agreement, Borrowers hereby represent and warrant that, as of the date hereof, except for the Existing Defaults, there exists no Default or Event of Default under the Credit Agreement.

            17.            Borrowers hereby restate, ratify, and reaffirm each and every term, condition, representation and warranty heretofore made by each of them under or in connection with the execution and delivery of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, as fully as though such representations and warranties had been made on the date hereof and with specific reference to this Agreement; except (a) to the extent that any such representation or warranty relates solely to a prior date, and (b) to the extent of any such representation or warranty as to the absence of Defaults and Events of Default that constitute Existing Defaults.

            18.            Except as expressly set forth herein, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be and remain in full force and effect as originally written, and shall constitute the legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations of Borrowers to the Agents and the Lenders.

            19.            Borrowers agree to pay on demand all costs and expenses of the Agents in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery and enforcement of this Agreement and all other Loan Documents and any other transactions contemplated hereby, including, without limitation, the fees and out-of-pocket expenses of legal counsel to the Agents.

            20.            To induce the Agents and the Lender to enter into this Agreement and grant the accommodations set forth herein, each Borrower (a) acknowledges and agrees that no right of offset, defense, counterclaim, claim or objection exists as of the date of this Agreement in favor of Borrowers against the Agents or any Lender arising out of or with respect to the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Obligations, or any other arrangement or relationship between the

- 5 -


 

Agents or any Lender and any Borrower, and (b) releases, acquits, remises and forever discharges the Agents and each Lender and its affiliates and all of their past, present and future officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys, representatives, successors and assigns from any and all claims, demands, actions and causes of action, whether at law or in equity, whether now accrued or hereafter maturing, and whether known or unknown, which any Borrower now or hereafter may have by reason of any manner, cause or things occurring on or prior to the date of this Agreement with respect to matters arising out of or with respect to the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Obligations, or any other arrangement or relationship between the Agents or any Lender and any Borrower.

            21.            Borrowers agree to take such further action as the Agents shall reasonably request in connection herewith to evidence the agreements herein contained.

            22.            This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which, when so executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original and all of which counterparts, taken together, shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

            23.            This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns, and legal representatives and heirs, of the parties hereto.

            24.            This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Georgia.

 

- 6 -


 

            IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrowers, the Agent s and the Lenders have caused this Agreement to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.

 

“PARENT”

MILLER INDUSTRIES, INC.

By:      /s/


           Frank Madonia
           Executive Vice President

 

“SUBSIDIARY MILLER BORROWERS”

APACO, INC.
B&B ASSOCIATED INDUSTRIES, INC.
CHEVRON, INC.
CENTURY HOLDINGS, INC.
CHAMPION CARRIER CORPORATION COMPETITION WHEELIFT, INC.
GOLDEN WEST TOWING EQUIPMENT
     INC.
KING AUTOMOTIVE & INDUSTRIAL
     EQUIPMENT, INC.
MID AMERICA WRECKER &
     EQUIPMENT SALES, INC. OF
     COLORADO
MILLER FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP,
     INC.
MILLER/GREENEVILLE, INC.
MILLER INDUSTRIES DISTRIBUTING,
     INC.
MILLER INDUSTRIES INTERNATIONAL,
     INC.
MILLER INDUSTRIES TOWING
     EQUIPMENT INC.
PURPOSE, INC.
SONOMA CIRCUITS, INC.
SOUTHERN WRECKER CENTER, INC.
SOUTHERN WRECKER SALES, INC.

By:      /s/


            Frank Madonia
           Attorney-in-Fact of each entity listed above

- 7 -


 

 

“SUBSIDIARY ROADONE BORROWERS”

ACKERMAN WRECKER SERVICE, INC.
A-EXCELLENCE TOWING CO.
ALL AMERICAN TOWING SERVICES,
   INC.
ALLIED GARDENS TOWING, INC.
ALLIED TOWING AND RECOVERY, INC.
ANDERSON TOWING SERVICE, INC.
ARROW WRECKER SERVICE, INC.
A TO Z ENTERPRISES, INC.
B–G TOWING, INC.
BEAR TRANSPORTATION, INC.
BEATY TOWING & RECOVERY, INC.
BERT’S TOWING RECOVERY
     CORPORATION
BOB BOLIN SERVICES, INC.
BOB’S AUTO SERVICE, INC.
BOB VINCENT AND SONS WRECKER
     SERVICE, INC.
BOULEVARD & TRUMBULL TOWING,
     INC.
BREWER’S, INC.
BRYRICH CORPORATION
CAL WEST TOWING, INC.
CARDINAL CENTRE ENTERPRISES, INC.
CEDAR BLUFF 24 HOUR TOWING, INC.
CENTRAL VALLEY TOWING, INC.
CHAD’S, INC.
CLARENCE CORNISH AUTOMOTIVE
     SERVICE, INC.
CLEVELAND VEHICLE DETENTION
     CENTER, INC.
COFFEY’S TOWING, INC.
COLEMAN’S TOWING & RECOVERY,
     INC.
D.A. HANELINE, INC.
DVREX, INC.
DICK’S TOWING & ROAD SERVICE, INC.
DOLLAR ENTERPRISES, INC.
DUGGER’S SERVICES, INC.
DURU, INC.
E.B.T., INC.
EXPORT ENTERPRISES, INC.
GARY’S TOWING & SALVAGE POOL,
     INC.

- 8 -


 

 

 

GOOD MECHANIC AUTO CO. OF
     RICHFIELD, INC.
GREAT AMERICA TOWING, INC.
GREG’S TOWING, INC.
H&H TOWING ENTERPRISES, INC.
HALL’S TOWING SERVICE, INC.
KAUFF’S, INC.
KAUFF’S OF FT. PIERCE, INC.
KAUFF’S OF MIAMI, INC.
KAUFFS OF PALM BEACH, INC.
KEN’S TOWING, INC.
LAZER TOW SERVICES, INC.
LEVESQUE’S AUTO SERVICE, INC.
LWKR, INC.
LINCOLN TOWING ENTERPRISES, INC.
M&M TOWING AND RECOVERY, INC.
MAEJO, INC.
MEL’S ACQUISITION CORP.
MERL’S TOWING SERVICE, INC.
MIKE’S WRECKER SERVICE, INC.
MOORE’S SERVICE & TOWING, INC.
MOORE’S TOWING SERVICE, INC.
MOSTELLER’S GARAGE, INC.
MURPHY’S TOWING, INC.
OFFICIAL TOWING, INC.
P.A.T., INC.
PIPES ENTERPRISES, INC.
PULLEN’S TRUCK CENTER, INC.
RANDY’S HIGH COUNTRY TOWING, INC.
RAY HARRIS, INC.
RMA ACQUISITION CORP.
RRIC ACQUISITION CORP.
RAY’S TOWING, INC.
RECOVERY SERVICES, INC.
RBEX INC.
ROAD ONE, INC.
ROADONE EMPLOYEE SERVICES, INC.
ROAD ONE INSURANCE SERVICES, INC.
ROAD ONE SERVICE, INC.
ROADONE SPECIALIZED
     TRANSPORTATION, INC.
ROADONE TRANSPORTATION AND
      LOGISTICS, INC.
R.M.W.S., INC.
SANDY’S AUTO & TRUCK SERVICE, INC.
SAKSTRUP TOWING, INC.

- 9 -


 

SOUTHWEST TRANSPORT, INC.
SUBURBAN WRECKER SERVICE, INC.
TED’S OF FAYVILLE, INC.
TEXAS TOWING CORPORATION
THOMPSON’S WRECKER SERVICE, INC.
TOW PRO CUSTOM TOWING & HAULING,
     INC.
TREASURE COAST TOWING, INC.
TREASURE COAST TOWING OF MARTIN
     COUNTY, INC.
TRUCK SALES & SALVAGE CO., INC.
WALKER TOWING, INC.
WES’S SERVICE INCORPORATED
WESTERN TOWING; MCCLURE/EARLEY
     ENTERPRISES, INC.
WHITEY’S TOWING, INC.
WILTSE TOWING, INC.
ZEHNER TOWING & RECOVERY, INC.

By:      /s/


           Frank Madonia
           Attorney-in-Fact of each entity listed above

 

“ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT,
SYNDICATION AGENT AND EXISTING
TITLED COLLATERAL AGENT”

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. , as the
Administrative Agent, Syndication Agent and
Existing Titled Collateral Agent

By:          /s/


Name:  
Title:     

- 10 -


 

  

 

 

“LETTER OF CREDIT ISSUER”

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. , as the Letter of
Credit Issuer

By:          /s/


Name:  
Title:     

 

 

 

“COLLATERAL AGENT”

THE CIT GROUP/BUSINESS CREDIT, INC. , as
the Collateral Agent

By:          /s/


Name:  
Title:     

 

 

 

“LENDERS”

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as a Lender

By:          /s/


Name:  
Title:     

 

 

 

THE CIT GROUP/BUSINESS CREDIT, INC.,
as a Lender

By:          /s/


Name:  
Title:     

  

 

- 11 -


 

 

FLEET CAPITAL CORPORATION, as a Lender

By:          /s/


Name:  
Title:     

 

- 12 -

 

EXHIBIT 10.81

SECOND AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

            THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT (the “Amendment”) is made and entered into as of this 12th day of April, 2002, among Miller Industries, Inc., a Tennessee corporation (“Parent”), and each of the other Subsidiaries of Parent listed on the signature page hereto (together with Parent, collectively, “Borrowers”), the Lenders party to this Amendment (the “Lenders”), The CIT Group/Business Credit, Inc., as Collateral Agent, and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Syndication Agent, Existing Titled Collateral Agent and Letter of Credit Issuer (in such capacity, together with the Collateral Agent, the “Agents”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

            WHEREAS, Borrowers, the Lenders and the Agents entered into that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of July 23, 2001, pursuant to which the Lenders agreed to make certain loans to Borrowers (as amended, modified, supplemented and restated from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”); and

            WHEREAS, the Borrowers, the Lenders and the Agents desire to amend the Credit Agreement on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

            NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and legal sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

            1.         All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise expressly defined herein shall have the respective meanings given to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

            2.         Borrowers acknowledge that they are in default under Sections 1.2(a) , 3.1 , 5.2(a) and (c) , 5.3(a) and 7.25 of the Credit Agreement as a result of the fact that (a) Borrowers have failed to cure Overadvances and RoadOne Overadvances (as such terms are defined in the Forbearance Agreement and First Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of February 28, 2002 among the parties hereto) existing prior to the date of this Amendment following the Collateral Agent’s demand, on behalf of the Lenders, for such cure, (b) Borrowers have failed to deliver the Financial Statements and accountant’s certificate contemplated by Sections 5.2(a) and (c) for their Fiscal Year ended December 31, 2001 within the timeframe contemplated therein, and (c) Borrowers have failed to notify the Collateral Agent and Lenders in writing of the foregoing (all such defaults arising under Sections 1.2(a) , 3.1 , 5.2(a) and (c) , 5.3(a) and 7.25 of the Credit Agreement prior to the effectiveness of this Amendment, collectively, the “Existing Defaults”).  In consideration of

 


 

Borrowers’ timely and strict compliance with their agreements set forth in the Credit Agreement, and in reliance upon the representations, warranties, agreements and covenants of Borrowers set forth herein, the Agents and the Lenders hereby waive the Existing Defaults, provided, that, (i) notwithstanding the foregoing waiver, it shall constitute an immediate Event of Default if, (A) on or prior to April 19, 2002, Borrowers do not deliver to each Lender the audited Financial Statements and accountant’s certificate contemplated by Sections 5.2(a) and (c) of the Credit Agreement for Borrowers’ Fiscal Year ended December 31, 2001, or (B) such audited Financial Statements show a Loss Before Income Taxes for the eight month period ended December 31, 2001 of greater than $20,000,000, and (ii) the Agents and the Lenders reserve all of their rights and remedies at all times with respect to any Default or Event of Default under the Credit Agreement or this Amendment other than the Existing Defaults, whether presently existing or occurring hereafter, including all of their rights and remedies with respect to any Default or Event of Default under any of Sections 1.2(a) , 3.1 , 5.2(a) and (c) , 5.3(a) or 7.25 of the Credit Agreement arising on or after the effectiveness of this Amendment.

            3.         The Credit Agreement is amended by deleting the definitions of “Applicable Margin”, “Availability Requirement”, “Fiscal Year”, “Fixed Charges”, “Maximum Miller Revolver Amount”, “Maximum Revolver Amount”, “Maximum RoadOne Revolver Amount”, “Net Junior Creditor Proceeds”, “Net Senior Creditor Proceeds”, “Permitted Payment”, “Required Payments”, “Subordination Agreement” and “Transition Date” set forth in Annex A to the Credit Agreement and replacing such definitions with the following:

            “ Applicable Margin ” means, for all Base Rate Loans and other Obligations, 2.75%; provided, however, in the event that (i) the Maximum RoadOne Revolver Amount has not been reduced to $25,000,000 or less on or prior to September 30, 2002, the Applicable Margin shall be increased to 4.50% as of October 1, 2002; (ii) the Maximum RoadOne Revolver Amount has not been reduced to $10,000,000 or less on or prior to March 31, 2003, the Applicable Margin shall be increased to 6.00% as of April 1, 2003; (iii) the Maximum RoadOne Revolver Amount has not been reduced to $10,000,000 or less on or prior to September 30, 2003, the Applicable Margin shall be increased to 8.00% as of October 1, 2003, (iv) the Maximum RoadOne Revolver Amount has not been reduced to $10,000,000 or less on or prior to March 31, 2004, the Applicable Margin shall be increased to 10.00% as of April 1, 2004; (v) the Maximum RoadOne Revolver Amount has not been reduced to $10,000,000 or less on or prior to September 30, 2004, the Applicable Margin shall be increased to 12.00% as of October 1, 2004; and (vi) the Maximum RoadOne Revolver Amount has not been reduced to $10,000,000 or less on or prior to March 31, 2005, the Applicable Margin shall be increased to 14.00% as of April 1, 2005; it being understood that nothing in this definition of Applicable Margin shall limit or restrict any Event of Default arising under the Agreement as a result of any failure to reduce the Maximum RoadOne Revolver Amount below any level mandated in the definition thereof.

            “ Availability Requirement ” means (a) $10,000,000 at any time prior to the Substantial RoadOne Disposition, and (b) $6,000,000 at any time thereafter.

- 2 -


 

            “ Fiscal Year ” means the Consolidated Parties’ fiscal year for financial accounting purposes.  The current Fiscal Year of the Consolidated Parties will end on December 31, 2002.

            “ Fixed Charges ” means, with respect to any fiscal period of the Consolidated Parties on a consolidated basis, without duplication, Interest Expense, Capital Expenditures (excluding Capital Expenditures funded with Debt other than Revolving Loans, but including, without duplication, principal payments with respect to such Debt), scheduled principal payments of Debt, and Federal, state, local and foreign income taxes (without any reduction in the amount of such taxes as a result of any tax refund), excluding deferred taxes; provided, in the case of principal payments under the Junior Credit Agreement, only principal amounts actually paid to the Junior Creditors in accordance with Section 2.1 of the Junior Credit Agreement shall be included as “scheduled principal payments of Debt” in calculating the amount of Fixed Charges for any fiscal period.

            “ Maximum Miller Revolver Amount ” means $42,000,000.

            “ Maximum Revolver Amount ” means, as of any date of determination, the sum of the Maximum Miller Revolver Amount plus the Maximum RoadOne Revolver Amount.

            “ Maximum RoadOne Revolver Amount ” means $36,000,000; provided, however, that (a) the Maximum RoadOne Revolver Amount shall be reduced from time to time in amounts equal to all Net Senior Creditor Proceeds required to be applied to the Obligations arising under the RoadOne Revolving Credit Facility in accordance with Section 3.4(b)(i) , each such reduction to be effective on the date such application is required to be made in accordance with Section 3.4(b)(i) , (b) in no event shall the Maximum RoadOne Revolver Amount exceed (i) $34,000,000 at any time from August 12, 2002 through October 11, 2002, (ii) $30,000,000 at any time from October 12, 2002 through March 30, 2003, (iii) $27,000,000 at any time from March 31, 2003 through June 29, 2003, (iv) $24,000,000 at any time from June 30, 2003 through September 29, 2003, (v) $21,000,000 at any time from September 30, 2003 through December 30, 2003, (vi) $18,000,000 at any time from December 31, 2003 through March 30, 2004, (vii) $15,000,000 at any time from March 31, 2004 through June 29, 2004, (viii) $12,000,000 at any time from June 30, 2004 through September 29, 2004, (ix) $9,000,000 at any time from September 30, 2004 through December 30, 2004, (x) $6,000,000 at any time from December 31, 2004 through March 30, 2005, and (xi) $3,000,000 at any time from March 31, 2005 through June 29, 2005, and (c) on and after June 30, 2005, the Maximum RoadOne Revolver Amount shall equal $0.

            “ Net Junior Creditor Proceeds ” means all Net Proceeds received by any RoadOne Borrower from any RoadOne Disposition, net of (a) all Net Senior Creditor Proceeds, and (b) all Required Payments.

- 3 -


 

            “ Net Senior Creditor Proceeds ” means, with respect to any Asset Disposition (a) of owned Real Estate, the amount advanced by the Lenders on the Closing Date pursuant to the Term Loan with respect to such parcel of Real Estate, (b) of Equipment (other than Fleet Vehicles), the amount advanced by the Lenders on the Closing Date pursuant to the Term Loan with respect to such Equipment, (c) of Fleet Vehicles, the amount included in the RoadOne Borrowing Base at the time of such Asset Disposition with respect to such Fleet Vehicles, (d) of Accounts, the amount included in the RoadOne Borrowing Base at the time of such Asset Disposition with respect to such Accounts, and (e) in the case of the Substantial RoadOne Disposition or any RoadOne Disposition consummated thereafter, to the extent that after giving effect to any Permitted Payment to be made in connection therewith Excess Availability is less than $10,000,000, Net Senior Creditor Proceeds shall include 50% of the remaining Net Proceeds therefrom.

            “ Permitted Payment ” means (a) regularly scheduled payments of principal, interest and fees on the dates, in the amounts and at the interest rates set forth in the Junior Credit Agreement as in effect on the date hereof (after giving affect to the First Amendment thereto dated as of April 12, 2002), provided that no such regularly scheduled payment of principal, interest or fees shall be due on or before October 12, 2002, except for (i) regularly scheduled interest payments with respect to interest accruing after March 31, 2002 but prior to October 12, 2002, and (ii) the payment of interest on the effective date of the Second Amendment to the Agreement for the period from March 1, 2002 through March 31, 2002, in each case at an interest rate not to exceed the lesser of six percent per annum and Bank of America’s prime rate as in effect from time to time, (b) payments by the Borrowers made solely from the proceeds of any foreclosure or realization by the Borrowers pursuant to their rights under the Olive Branch Real Estate Collateral (as defined in the Subordination Agreement), it being understood that such payments shall be net of all taxes, commissions, fees and other expenses (including title, survey, environmental and other costs and expenses) incurred by the Borrowers in connection with any such foreclosure or realization, and (c) principal prepayments in the amount of the Net Junior Creditor Proceeds of any RoadOne Disposition, such principal prepayments to be payable no earlier than the fifth (5 th ) Business Day following the consummation of any such RoadOne Disposition; provided, that, (i) no payment may be made under clause (a) or (c) above unless, on the date such payment is due and after giving effect to the making of such payment, no Default or Event of Default exists, (ii) no principal prepayment under clause (c) may exceed the amount that would cause Excess Availability, after giving effect to the making of such principal prepayment, to be less than the Availability Requirement, and (iii) with respect to any regularly scheduled principal payment, (A) no such regularly scheduled principal payment may be made until the fifth (5 th ) Business Day following the receipt by the Collateral Agent and the

- 4 -


 

Lenders of the Initial Financial Statements and of the most recent monthly or quarterly (as applicable) Financial Statements then due under Section 5.2(b) , and (B) such regularly scheduled principal payment may not exceed the lesser of (1) the amount that would cause the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, calculated for calculated for the Borrowers’ two fiscal quarter period ending on September 30, 2002 (in the case of the principal payment due on November 20, 2002), three fiscal quarter period ending on December 31, 2002 (in the case of the principal payment due on April 5, 2003), or four fiscal quarter period ending March 31, 2003 (in the case of the principal payment due on May 20, 2003), to be less than 1.15 to 1 after giving effect to such payment, (2) the amount that would cause Excess Availability to be less than the Availability Requirement after giving effect to such payment, and (3) $875,000 plus the amount of previously scheduled regular principal payments that were not made as a result of the restrictions set forth above in clauses (1) and/or (2) .  “ Initial Financial Statements ” means the Borrowers’ audited Financial Statements for the fiscal period from May 1, 2001 through December 31, 2001.  In the event that the Borrowers are not permitted to make a principal prepayment of all or part of the Net Junior Creditor Proceeds from a RoadOne Disposition as a result of clause (ii) above, the Borrowers shall be permitted to make the unpaid portion of such prepayment on the date the next regularly scheduled principal payment is due to the extent that, after making such principal prepayment and the regularly scheduled principal payment due on such date, Excess Availability is equal to or greater than the Availability Requirement and the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is equal to or greater than 1.15 to 1 for the fiscal period(s) set forth above under clause (B) .

            “ Required Payments ” means, in the case of any RoadOne Borrower subject to an Asset Disposition, collectively, (a) the aggregate amount of all outstanding loans and advances made by any Miller Borrower to any RoadOne Borrower subject to such Asset Disposition, together with all interest thereon, (b) the aggregate amount of all payables owing by such RoadOne Borrower to other Borrowers, (c) all outstanding Debt (other than the Obligations and Subordinated Debt) and other outstanding Liabilities of such RoadOne Borrower to Persons other than Borrowers, other than, in the case of any Asset Disposition that does not constitute the Substantial RoadOne Disposition, (i) Debt and Liabilities specifically relating to assets of such RoadOne Borrower that are not included in such Asset Disposition, and (ii) a portion of all other Debt and Liabilities of such RoadOne Borrower corresponding to the percentage of the assets of such RoadOne Borrower that are not included in such Asset Disposition in relation to all of the assets of such RoadOne Borrower, in each case as determined by the Borrowers and Collateral Agent in good faith, and (d) the payment of the Obligations in accordance with Section 3.8 in an aggregate amount of all Guaranties issued by Parent in accordance with Section 7.13(h) in connection with such Asset Disposition; provided , that, in the case of the Substantial RoadOne Disposition, “Required Payments” shall mean (A) the

- 5 -


 

aggregate amount of all outstanding loans and advances made by any Miller Borrower to any RoadOne Borrower, together with all interest thereon, (B) the aggregate amount of all payables owing by any RoadOne Borrower to other Borrowers, (C) all outstanding Debt (other than the Obligations and Subordinated Debt) and other outstanding Liabilities of the RoadOne Borrowers to Persons other than Borrowers, and (D) the payment of the Obligations in accordance with Section 3.8 in an aggregate amount of all Guaranties issued by Parent in accordance with Section 7.13(h) .

            “ Subordination Agreement ” means the Amended and Restated Intercreditor and Subordination Agreement, dated as of April 12, 2002, among the Collateral Agent, the Junior Creditors’ Agent and the Junior Creditors, pursuant to which the Junior Creditors’ Agent and the Junior Creditors subordinate (a) all Subordinated Debt to the Obligations and (b) all Liens securing such Debt to the Agent’s Liens.

            “ Transition Date ” means the date on which all of the following requirements are satisfied:  (a) the consummation of the Substantial RoadOne Disposition, (b) all Revolving Loans and other Obligations under or with respect to the RoadOne Revolving Credit Facility shall have been paid in full in immediately available funds, and all Commitments of the Lenders with respect to the RoadOne Revolving Credit Facility shall have terminated, (c) the amount of the Term Loan made to the Borrowers with respect to the Fixed Assets of RoadOne shall have been paid in full in immediately available funds, and (d) all intercompany loans and advances made by the Miller Borrowers to the RoadOne Borrowers in accordance with clause (f) of the definition of “Restricted Investment” shall have been paid in full in immediately available funds.

            4.         The Credit Agreement is amended by deleting clause (f) of the definition of “Restricted Investment” set forth in Annex A to the Credit Agreement and replacing such clause with the following:

            (f)   intercompany loans from the Miller Borrowers to the RoadOne Borrowers made on or after the Closing Date in an aggregate amount outstanding not to exceed $4,000,000, provided that all such intercompany loans shall be paid in full and no longer available for borrowing on and after the Transition Date;

            5.         The Credit Agreement is amended by adding the following new definition of “Substantial RoadOne Disposition” to Annex A to the Credit Agreement:

            “ Substantial RoadOne Disposition ” means a RoadOne Disposition involving (a) all of the stock and/or assets of all of the RoadOne Borrowers, or (b) assets of RoadOne Borrowers with a book value greater than 90% of the aggregate book value of all of the assets of the RoadOne Borrowers as of March 31, 2002.

- 6 -


 

            6.         The Credit Agreement is amended by deleting the first sentence of Section 1.1 thereof and replacing it with the following:

            Subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Lenders agree to make available a total credit facility of up to the sum of the Maximum Revolver Amount plus the Term Loan (the “ Total Facility ”) to the Borrowers from time to time during the term of this Agreement, provided that no amounts may be borrowed under the Term Loan after the Closing Date.

            7.         The Credit Agreement is amended by deleting Schedule 1.1 thereto and replacing it with Schedule 1.1 attached to this Amendment.

            8.         The Credit Agreement is amended by deleting Section 1.2(j) .

            9.         Borrowers acknowledge and agree that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Credit Agreement, (a) no Loans shall be made as or converted or continued into LIBOR Loans on or after the date hereof, (b) each outstanding LIBOR Loan shall be converted into a Base Rate Loan on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto and, pending such conversion, shall bear interest at a per annum rate equal to (i) the LIBOR Rate applicable thereto plus 4.75%, in the case of LIBOR Revolving Loans, and (ii) the LIBOR Rate applicable thereto plus 5.0%, in the case of LIBOR Term Loans, and (c) all Base Rate Loans shall bear interest at a per annum rate equal to the Base Rate plus the “Applicable Margin” as set forth in this Amendment; provided, however, the foregoing clauses (b) and (c) shall not in any manner limit or restrict the Required Lenders right to institute, and Borrowers obligation to pay, interest on the Obligations at the Default Rate during the existence of an Event of Default in accordance with Section 2.1(b) of the Credit Agreement.

            10.       The Credit Agreement is amended by deleting Section 2.6 and replacing it with the following:

            2.6       Letter of Credit Fee .     The Borrowers agree to pay (a) to the Collateral Agent, for the account of the Lenders, in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares, for each Letter of Credit, a fee (the “ Letter of Credit Fee ”) equal to 4.75% per annum multiplied by the undrawn face amount of each Letter of Credit, (b) to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Letter of Credit Issuer a fronting fee of one-eighth of one percent (0.125%) per annum of the undrawn face amount of each Letter of Credit, and (c) to the Letter of Credit Issuer, all customary costs, fees and expenses of the Letter of Credit Issuer in connection with the application for, processing of, issuance of, or amendment to any Letter of Credit.  The Letter of Credit Fee shall be payable monthly in arrears on the first day of each month following any month in which a Letter of Credit is outstanding and on the Termination Date.  The Letter of Credit Fee shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed.

            11.       The Credit Agreement is amended by deleting Section 3.4(b) and replacing it with the following:

- 7 -


 

            (b)        Immediately upon receipt by any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of proceeds of any Asset Disposition, the Borrowers shall apply the Net Proceeds therefrom as follows:

            (i)         First , all Net Senior Creditor Proceeds arising from Accounts and Fleet Vehicles shall be applied to the Obligations under the RoadOne Revolving Credit Facility in accordance with the terms of Section 3.8 ;

            (ii)        Second , all Net Senior Creditor Proceeds arising from Fixed Assets shall be applied to the Obligations under the Term Loan in accordance with Section 3.4(d) ;

            (iii)       Third , all Required Payments shall be paid in full;

            (iv)       Fourth, provided such payment is permitted under Section 7.14(b), all Net Junior Creditors’ Proceeds shall be paid to the Junior Creditors’ Agent to the extent of the outstanding Subordinated Debt in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.4; and

            (v)        Fifth, all remaining amounts shall be applied to the Obligations in such order as the Required Lenders shall determine in their sole discretion.

            12.       The Credit Agreement is amended by deleting Section 5.4 and replacing it with the following:

            5.4       Subordinated Debt Certificate .  Not less than five (5) Business Days prior to any payment of any principal of, or interest or other amounts on, any Subordinated Debt, and as a condition precedent to making such payment, the Borrowers’ Agent shall deliver to the Collateral Agent a certificate of a Designated Financial Officer (a) stating that no Event of Default is in existence as of the date of the certificate or will be in existence as of the date of such payment, both with and without giving effect to the making of such proposed payment, (b) setting forth the amount of principal, interest and other amount proposed to be paid, (c) setting forth the Excess Availability as of the date of the certificate and as expected as of the date of such proposed payment, both with and without giving effect to the making of such proposed payment, (d) certifying that the proposed payment is permitted under Section 7.14(b) of this Agreement, and (e) in the case of any Permitted Payment of principal to be made in accordance with the terms of the Subordination Agreement pursuant to Section 7.14(b) of this Agreement, a detailed calculation of the amount of the proposed principal payment, including, (i) in the case of any payment to be made from the proceeds of any RoadOne Disposition in accordance with Section 3.4(b) , a detailed calculation of the Net Junior Creditors’ Proceeds, and (ii) in the case of any regularly scheduled principal payment, a detailed calculation of

- 8 -


 

the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Borrowers’ two fiscal quarter period ending on September 30, 2002 (in the case of the principal payment due on November 20, 2002), three fiscal quarter period ending on December 31, 2002 (in the case of the principal payment due on April 5, 2003), or four fiscal quarter period ending March 31, 2003 (in the case of the principal payment due on May 20, 2003), both with and without giving effect to the making of the proposed payment (and the Borrowers shall provide with such certificate all such supporting information as the Collateral Agent may request in order to confirm and verify the accuracy of such calculations and the amount of the proposed payment).

            13.       The Credit Agreement is amended by deleting Section 7.21 and replacing it with the following:

            7.21     Fiscal Year .      The Borrowers shall not change their Fiscal Year from a fiscal year ending on December 31.

            14.       The Credit Agreement is amended by deleting Sections 7.22, 7.23 and 7.24 and replacing them with the following:

            7.22     Capital Expenditures .    Neither any Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall make or incur any Capital Expenditure if, after giving effect thereto, the aggregate amount of all Capital Expenditures by the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis would exceed (a) $5,600,000 for the Fiscal Year ending on December 31, 2001, (b) $6,250,000 for the Fiscal Year ending on December 31, 2002, and (c) $6,750,000 for any Fiscal Year thereafter.

            7.23     Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio .  The Consolidated Parties will maintain a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the fiscal quarter ending on June 30, 2002, for the period of two fiscal quarters ending on September 30, 2002, for the period of three fiscal quarters ending on December 31, 2002, and for each period of four consecutive fiscal quarters commencing with the four fiscal quarter period ending March 31, 2003, in each case of at least 1.1 to 1.0.

            7.24     EBITDA .         On a consolidated basis, the Consolidated Parties shall have EBITDA for each four fiscal quarter period ending during the periods set forth below of not less than the Applicable EBITDA Requirement:

Fiscal Quarters Ending

Initial EBITDA
Requirement

Subsequent 
EBITDA
Requirement

 

June 30, 2002 through December 31, 2002

$18,500,000

$14,850,000

- 9 -


 

March 31, 2003
through December 31, 2003

$21,000,000

$14,850,000

March 31, 2004
through December 31, 2004

$26,600,000

$17,100,000

Each fiscal quarter end thereafter

$28,000,000

$17,650,000

As used in this Section 7.24 , “Applicable EBITDA Requirement” means (a) until the Transition Date, the Initial EBITDA Requirement set forth above, and (b) thereafter, the Subsequent EBITDA Requirement set forth above.

            15.       Borrowers’ acknowledge and agree that (a) on or prior to May 12, 2002, the Borrowers shall, at Borrowers’ expense, engage and maintain a third-party consultant reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent and the Lenders (the “Consultant”), which Consultant shall promptly thereafter prepare an action plan and implementation schedule designed to improve Borrowers’ liquidity position, including facilitating the sale of any assets identified for sale by Borrowers, (b) Borrowers shall cause the Consultant to deliver a copy of such action plan to the Collateral Agent and each Lender on or prior to June 12, 2002, (c) Borrowers shall, to the extent deemed appropriate by the Borrowers’ respective Boards of Directors, commence implementation of such action plan promptly following the delivery of a copy of such action plan to the Collateral Agent and each Lender, and thereafter implement such action plan in a prompt manner, and (d) any failure by the Borrowers to comply with this Paragraph (except for such failures that are beyond the control of the Borrowers) shall constitute an immediate Event of Default under the Credit Agreement if not cured within five Business Days after written notice thereof by the Collateral Agent to the Parent.

- 10 -


 

            16.       The effectiveness of the amendments and waivers set forth in this Amendment shall be conditioned on the Collateral Agent’s receipt of each of the following items, each of which shall be in form and substance acceptable to the Collateral Agent:

            (a)        The duly executed, delivered and effective First Amendment to the Junior Credit Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached to this Amendment, together with a certificate of a Responsible Officer with respect to such matters relating thereto as the Collateral Agent may require;

            (b)        The duly executed, delivered and effective Subordination Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit B attached to this Amendment;

            (c)        The delivery to the Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the Lenders, of such officer’s certificates, if any, as the Collateral Agent may request prior to the date hereof in connection with this Amendment; and

            (d)        The payment to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders in accordance with their Pro Rata Shares, of all fees due on the date hereof in accordance with the terms of the fee letter of even date herewith between the Collateral Agent and Parent.

            17.       Borrowers acknowledge that (a) except as expressly set forth herein, neither the Agents nor any Lender has agreed to (and has no obligation whatsoever to discuss, negotiate or agree to) any other restructuring, modification, amendment, waiver or forbearance with respect to the Obligations or the Credit Agreement, (b) no understanding with respect to any other restructuring, modification, amendment, waiver or forbearance with respect to the Obligations or the Credit Agreement shall constitute a legally binding agreement or contract, or have any force or effect whatsoever, unless and until reduced to writing and signed by authorized representatives of each party hereto, and (c) the execution and delivery of this Amendment has not established any course of dealing between the parties hereto or created any obligation or agreement of the Agents or any Lender with respect to any future restructuring, modification, amendment, waiver or forbearance with respect to the Obligations or the Credit Agreement.

            18.       To induce the Agents and the Lenders to enter into this Amendment, Borrowers hereby represent and warrant that, as of the date hereof, except for the Existing Defaults, there exists no Default or Event of Default under the Credit Agreement.

            19.       Borrowers hereby restate, ratify, and reaffirm each and every term, condition, representation and warranty heretofore made by each of them under or in connection with the execution and delivery of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, as fully as though such representations and warranties had been made on the date hereof and with specific reference to this Amendment; except (a) to the extent that any such representation or warranty relates solely to a prior date, and (b) to the extent of any such representation or warranty as to the absence of Defaults and Events of Default that constitute Existing Defaults.

- 11 -


 

            20.       Except as expressly set forth herein, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be and remain in full force and effect as originally written, and shall constitute the legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations of Borrowers to the Agents and the Lenders.

            21.       Borrowers agree to pay on demand all reasonable costs and expenses of the Agents in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery and enforcement of this Amendment and all other Loan Documents and any other transactions contemplated hereby, including, without limitation, the reasonable and actual fees and out-of-pocket expenses of legal counsel to the Agents.

            22.       To induce the Agents and the Lender to enter into this Amendment and grant the accommodations set forth herein, each Borrower (a) acknowledges and agrees that no right of offset, defense, counterclaim, claim or objection exists as of the date of this Amendment in favor of Borrowers against the Agents or any Lender arising out of or with respect to the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Obligations, or any other arrangement or relationship between the Agents or any Lender and any Borrower, and (b) releases, acquits, remises and forever discharges the Agents and each Lender and its affiliates and all of their past, present and future officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys, representatives, successors and assigns from any and all claims, demands, actions and causes of action, whether at law or in equity, whether now accrued or hereafter maturing, and whether known or unknown, which any Borrower now or hereafter may have by reason of any manner, cause or things occurring on or prior to the date of this Amendment with respect to matters arising out of or with respect to the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Obligations, or any other arrangement or relationship between the Agents or any Lender and any Borrower.

            23.       Borrowers agree to take such further action as the Agents shall reasonably request in connection herewith to evidence the agreements herein contained.

            24.       This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which, when so executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original and all of which counterparts, taken together, shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

            25.       This Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns, and legal representatives and heirs, of the parties hereto.

            26.       This Amendment shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Georgia.

- 12 -


 

            IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrowers, the Agents and the Lenders have caused this Amendment to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.

 

“PARENT”

Miller Industries, Inc.

By:                                                                        
Name:                                                                   
Title:                                                                      

“SUBSIDIARY MILLER BORROWERS”

APACO, INC.
B&B ASSOCIATED INDUSTRIES, INC.
CHEVRON, INC.
CENTURY HOLDINGS, INC.
CHAMPION CARRIER CORPORATION
COMPETITION WHEELIFT, INC.
GOLDEN WEST TOWING EQUIPMENT INC.
KING AUTOMOTIVE & INDUSTRIAL
EQUIPMENT, INC.
MID AMERICA WRECKER & EQUIPMENT
SALES, INC. OF COLORADO
MILLER FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
MILLER/GREENEVILLE, INC.
MILLER INDUSTRIES DISTRIBUTING, INC.
MILLER INDUSTRIES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
MILLER INDUSTRIES TOWING EQUIPMENT
INC.
PURPOSE, INC.
SONOMA CIRCUITS, INC.
SOUTHERN WRECKER CENTER, INC.
SOUTHERN WRECKER SALES, INC.

 

By:                                                                        
            J. Vincent Mish
            Attorney-in-Fact of each entity listed above

 

- 13 -


 

“SUBSIDIARY ROADONE BORROWERS”

 

ACKERMAN WRECKER SERVICE, INC.
A-EXCELLENCE TOWING CO.
ALL AMERICAN TOWING SERVICES, INC.
ALLIED GARDENS TOWING, INC.
ALLIED TOWING AND RECOVERY, INC.
ANDERSON TOWING SERVICE, INC.
ARROW WRECKER SERVICE, INC.
A TO Z ENTERPRISES, INC.
B-G TOWING, INC.
BEAR TRANSPORTATION, INC.
BEATY TOWING & RECOVERY, INC.
BERT’S TOWING RECOVERY CORPORATION
BOB BOLIN SERVICES, INC.
BOB’S AUTO SERVICE, INC.
BOB VINCENT AND SONS WRECKER
      SERVICE, INC.
BOULEVARD & TRUMBULL TOWING, INC.
BREWER’S, INC.
BRYRICH CORPORATION
CAL WEST TOWING, INC.
CARDINAL CENTRE ENTERPRISES, INC.
CEDAR BLUFF 24 HOUR TOWING, INC.
CENTRAL VALLEY TOWING, INC.
CHAD’S, INC.
CLARENCE CORNISH AUTOMOTIVE
      SERVICE, INC.
CLEVELAND VEHICLE DETENTION
CENTER, INC.
COFFEY’S TOWING, INC.
COLEMAN’S TOWING & RECOVERY, INC.
D.A. HANELINE, INC.
DVREX, INC.
DICK’S TOWING & ROAD SERVICE, INC.
DOLLAR ENTERPRISES, INC.
DUGGER’S SERVICES, INC.
DURU, INC.
E.B.T., INC.
EXPORT ENTERPRISES, INC.
GARY’S TOWING & SALVAGE POOL, INC.

 

- 14 -


 

GOOD MECHANIC AUTO CO. OF
       RICHFIELD, INC.
GREAT AMERICA TOWING, INC.
GREG’S TOWING, INC.
H&H TOWING ENTERPRISES, INC.
HALL’S TOWING SERVICE, INC.
KAUFF’S, INC.
KAUFF’S OF FT. PIERCE, INC.
KAUFF’S OF MIAMI, INC.
KAUFFS OF PALM BEACH, INC.
KEN’S TOWING, INC.
LAZER TOW SERVICES, INC.
LEVESQUE’S AUTO SERVICE, INC.
LWKR, INC.
LINCOLN TOWING ENTERPRISES, INC.
M&M TOWING AND RECOVERY, INC.
MAEJO, INC.
MEL’S ACQUISITION CORP.
MERL’S TOWING SERVICE, INC.
MIKE’S WRECKER SERVICE, INC.
MOORE’S SERVICE & TOWING, INC.
MOORE’S TOWING SERVICE, INC.
MOSTELLER’S GARAGE, INC.
MURPHY’S TOWING, INC.
OFFICIAL TOWING, INC.
P.A.T., INC.
PIPES ENTERPRISES, INC.
PULLEN’S TRUCK CENTER, INC.
RANDY’S HIGH COUNTRY TOWING, INC.
RAY HARRIS, INC.
RMA ACQUISITION CORP.
RRIC ACQUISITION CORP.
RAY’S TOWING, INC.
RECOVERY SERVICES, INC.
RBEX INC.
ROAD ONE, INC.
ROADONE EMPLOYEE SERVICES, INC.
ROAD ONE INSURANCE SERVICES, INC.
ROAD ONE SERVICE, INC.
ROADONE SPECIALIZED
      TRANSPORTATION, INC.
ROADONE TRANSPORTATION AND \
      LOGISTICS, INC.
R.M.W.S., INC.
SANDY’S AUTO & TRUCK SERVICE, INC.
SAKSTRUP TOWING, INC.

- 15 -


 

SOUTHWEST TRANSPORT, INC.
SUBURBAN WRECKER SERVICE, INC.
TED’S OF FAYVILLE, INC.
TEXAS TOWING CORPORATION
THOMPSON’S WRECKER SERVICE, INC.
TOW PRO CUSTOM TOWING & HAULING, INC.
TREASURE COAST TOWING, INC.
TREASURE COAST TOWING OF MARTIN
      COUNTY, INC.
TRUCK SALES & SALVAGE CO., INC.
WALKER TOWING, INC.
WES’S SERVICE INCORPORATED
WESTERN TOWING; MCCLURE/EARLEY
      ENTERPRISES, INC.
WHITEY’S TOWING, INC.
WILTSE TOWING, INC.
ZEHNER TOWING & RECOVERY, INC.

 

By:                                                                        
            J. Vincent Mish
            Attorney-in-Fact of each entity listed above

 

 

“ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT,
SYNDICATION AGENT AND EXISTING
TITLED COLLATERAL AGENT”

Bank of America, N.A. , as the
Administrative Agent, Syndication Agent and
Existing Titled Collateral Agent

By:                                                                        
Name:                                                                   
Title:                                                                      

 

- 16 -


 

“Letter of Credit Issuer”

Bank of America, N.A. , as the Letter of
Credit Issuer

By:                                                                        
Name:                                                                   
Title:                                                                      

 

“COLLATERAL AGENT”

The CIT Group/Business Credit, Inc. , as
the Collateral Agent

By:                                                                        
Name:                                                                   
  Title:                                                                      

 

“LENDERS”

Bank of America, N.A., as a Lender

By:                                                                        
Name:                                                                   
Title:                                                                      

 

The CIT Group/Business Credit, Inc.,
as a Lender

By:                                                                        
Name:                                                                   
Title:                                                                      

- 17 -


 

 

 

 

FLEET CAPITAL CORPORATION, as a Lender

By:                                                                        
Name:                                                                   
Title:                                                                      

- 18 -

EXHIBIT 10.82

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

            THIS AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “Amendment Agreement”) is made and entered into as of the 12th day of April, 2002, by and among MILLER INDUSTRIES, INC., a Tennessee corporation (“Miller”), and MILLER INDUSTRIES TOWING EQUIPMENT INC., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of Miller (“Miller Towing”) (Miller and Miller Towing may be referred to herein individually as a “Borrower” and together as the “Borrowers”), EACH OF THE GUARANTORS SIGNATORY HERETO (the “Guarantors”), BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,  a national banking association organized and existing under the laws of the United States, as agent (“Agent”) for the Lenders under the Credit Agreement (as defined below), and the Lenders.  Unless the context otherwise requires, all capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the definitions provided therefor in the Credit Agreement.

W I T N E S S E T H :

            WHEREAS, the Agent, the Lenders and the Borrowers have entered into that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of July 23, 2001 (as hereby and from time to time amended, supplemented, modified or replaced, the “Credit Agreement”), pursuant to which the Lenders have agreed to make and have made available to the Borrowers a subordinated term loan credit facility in the initial principal amount of $14,000,000; and

            WHEREAS, the Borrowers have requested that the terms of the Credit Agreement be amended in the manner set forth herein, and that certain Defaults under the Credit Agreement be waived, and the Agent and the Lenders, subject to the terms and conditions contained herein, have agreed to such amendment, to be effective as of the date hereof;

            WHEREAS, the Borrowers, the Agent, the Lenders and the Guarantors acknowledge that the terms of this Amendment Agreement constitute an amendment and modification of, and not a novation of, the Credit Agreement;

            NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and the fulfillment of the conditions set forth herein, the parties hereby agree as follows:

            1.            Definitions .  The term “Credit Agreement” or “Agreement” (as the case may be) as used herein and in the Loan Documents shall mean the Credit Agreement as hereby amended and modified, and as further amended, modified replaced or supplemented from time to time as permitted thereby.

            2.            Amendments to and Restatements of Terms of the Credit Agreement .  Subject to the conditions hereof, the Credit Agreement is hereby amended, effective as of the date hereof, as follows:

            (a)            The following definitions in Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement are hereby amended and restated in their entirety as follows:

 


 

            ““Applicable Margin” means (i) for the period from March 1, 2002 until October 12, 2002, 0.00% per annum, and (ii) at all other times, 6.00% per annum.”

            ““Base Rate” means the sum of (i) for any day, the rate per annum equal to the higher of (a) the Federal Funds Rate for such day plus one-half of one percent (0.5%) or (b) the Prime Rate for such day and (ii) the Applicable Margin.  Any change in the Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Rate shall be effective on the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate or Federal Funds Rate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, during any such period that the Applicable Margin is equal to 0.00%, the Base Rate shall not exceed 6.00% per annum.”

            ““Consolidated Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any fiscal period of Miller and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, without duplication, Consolidated Interest Expense, Capital Expenditures (excluding Capital Expenditures funded with Indebtedness of any of the Borrowers and Subsidiaries other than the Indebtedness hereunder or under the Senior Facility, but including, without duplication, principal payments with respect to such Indebtedness), scheduled principal payments of Indebtedness, and Federal, state, local and foreign income taxes (without any reduction in the amount of such taxes as a result of any tax refund), excluding deferred taxes; provided , in the case of principal payments hereunder, only principal amounts actually paid to the Agent and the Lenders in accordance with Section 2.1 hereof shall be included as “scheduled principal payments of Indebtedness” in calculating the amount of Consolidated Fixed Charges for any fiscal period.”

            ““Intercreditor Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Intercreditor and Subordination Agreement dated as of April 12, 2002 by and among the Agent, for the benefit of itself and the Lenders, the Lenders, and the Senior Agents.”

            ““Minimum Disposition Value” means, with respect to any asset which is sold by the Borrowers in connection with an Asset Disposition, or with respect to which the Lien in favor of the Agent (on behalf of itself and the Lenders) and the Senior Agents (on behalf of itself and the Senior Lenders and the Senior L/C Issuer) is released in connection with any Debt Offering: (i) at any time during which Excess Availability is greater than or equal to $10,000,000, the Net Proceeds received by the Borrowers in respect thereof, less the sum of (a) the Senior Collateral Value of such asset, if any, and (b) the amount of Required Payments with respect to such asset, if any; and (ii) at any time during which Excess Availability is less than $10,000,000, the Net Proceeds received by the Borrowers in respect thereof, less the sum of (a) the Senior Collateral Value of such asset, if any, and (b) the amount of Required Payments with respect to such asset, if any, times 0.5.”

            ““Post-Disposition Availability Requirement” means (i) $10,000,000 at any time prior to the sale of RoadOne Borrower Assets with an aggregate book value greater than or equal to 90% of the aggregate book value of all RoadOne Borrower Assets as of March 31, 2002, and (ii) $6,000,000 at any time thereafter.”

2


 

            ““Transition Date” means “Transition Date” as defined in the Senior Credit Agreement, as amended.”

            b)             Section 2.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

            “2.1.            Term Loan ; Payment of Principal Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the remaining outstanding balance of the Existing Facility that is not repaid from the proceeds of the initial funding of the Senior Facility shall be deemed to be Term Loans made by the Lenders hereunder in accordance with their respective Applicable Commitment Percentages; provided that the aggregate amount of the Term Loans shall not exceed the amount of the Term Loan Facility.  Borrowers shall cause the proceeds of the initial extensions of credit under the Senior Facility to be used on the closing date thereof to reduce the Existing Facility. In addition to any optional or mandatory prepayments as specified herein, the Borrowers shall make scheduled quarterly payments of principal on the Term Loans as follows ( provided no principal payment shall be required to be made which would cause Excess Availability to be less than the Post-Disposition Availability Requirement after giving effect to such payment):

            (i)            On November 20, 2002, a principal payment equal to $875,000, provided Miller and its Subsidiaries maintain a Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of not less than 1.15 to 1.00 for the period of two fiscal quarters ending on September 30, 2002 as shown on the interim financial reports required to be delivered to the Agent on or before November 15, 2002 pursuant to Section 7.1(b) hereof, after giving effect to such payment;

            (ii)            On April 5, 2003, a principal payment equal to $875,000, provided Miller and its Subsidiaries maintain a Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of not less than 1.15 to 1.00 for the period of three fiscal quarters ending on December 31, 2002 as shown on the audited financial reports required to be delivered to the Agent on or before March 31, 2003 pursuant to Section 7.1(a) hereof, after giving effect to such payment; and

            (iii)            On May 20, 2003, a principal payment equal to $875,000, provided Miller and its Subsidiaries maintain a Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of not less than 1.15 to 1.00 for the Four-Quarter Period ending on March 31, 2003 as shown on the interim financial reports required to be delivered to the Agent on or before May 15, 2003 pursuant to Section 7.1(a) hereof, after giving effect to such payment.

            (c)            A new Section 2.2(c) is hereby added to the Credit Agreement to read in its entirety as follows:

            “(c)            During any such period that the Applicable Margin is equal to 0.00%, an amount equal to 6.00% (per annum) of the outstanding and unpaid principal amount of the Loan for such period shall accrue and be added to the

3


 

principal amount of Outstandings, and shall be due and payable on the Term Loan Termination Date.  The amount of such additions shall be calculated simultaneously with the calculation by the Agent of interest due and payable by the Borrowers each month during such period.”

            (d)             Section 7.3 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

            “7.3.            Existence, Qualification, Etc .    Except as otherwise expressly permitted under Section 8.7 , do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence and all material rights and franchises, and, except to the extent conveyed in connection with a transaction permitted hereunder, maintain its license or qualification to do business as a foreign corporation and good standing in each jurisdiction in which its ownership or lease of property or the nature of its business makes such license or qualification necessary and in which the failure to have such licenses or qualifications could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.”

            (e)             Section 8.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:  

            “8.1.            Financial Covenants .

            (a)            Capital Expenditures . Make or incur any Capital Expenditure if, after giving effect thereto, the aggregate amount of all Capital Expenditures by the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis would exceed (a) $5,600,000 for the Fiscal Year ending on December 31, 2001, (b) $6,250,000 for the Fiscal Year ending on December 31, 2002, and (c) $6,750,000 for any Fiscal Year thereafter. 

           (b)            Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio .       Permit the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio to be less than 1.0 to 1.0: (i) for the period of one fiscal quarter for the fiscal quarter ending on June 30, 2002, (ii) for the period of two fiscal quarters ending on September 30, 2002, (iii) for the period of three fiscal quarters ending on December 31, 2002, and (iv) for each Four-Quarter Period beginning with the Four-Quarter Period ending March 30, 2003 .

           (c)            Consolidated EBITDA .    Permit Consolidated EBITDA for any Four-Quarter Period ending during the periods set forth below to be less than the following amounts for the following periods:

Four-Quarter Periods Ending:

Initial EBITDA
Requirement:

Subsequent EBITDA
Requirement:

June 30, 2002 through December 31, 2002

$16,000,000

$13,000,000

 

4


 

March 31, 2003
through Facility Termination Date

$19,000,000

$13,000,000

            For purposes of this Section 8.1(c) , (i) “Initial EBITDA Requirement”  means the applicable minimum Consolidated EBITDA requirement for period from the Closing Date until the Transition Date, and (ii) “Subsequent EBITDA Requirement”  means the applicable minimum Consolidated EBITDA requirement for the period from the Transition Date until the Facility Termination Date.”

            (f)             Section 8.4(g) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

            “(g)            guaranty obligations, in an amount not to exceed $3,500,000 in the aggregate at any one time, of Miller incurred in the course of business directly or indirectly guaranteeing Indebtedness of any purchaser of an asset disposed of in an Asset Disposition;”

            (g)             Section 8.4(n) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

            “(n)             unsecured intercompany Indebtedness incurred on or after the Closing Date for loans and advances made by Miller or any Miller Borrower to any RoadOne Borrower, in an in an aggregate amount outstanding not to exceed $4,000,000 at any time.”

            (h)             Section 8.5 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

            “8.5            Reserved.

            (i)             Section 11.6A of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

                        “ 11.6A.    Release of Liens .   The Agent is hereby authorized and obligated, at the request and expense of the Borrowers, (a) to release the Liens arising under the Security Instruments as may be necessary to effectuate any Asset Disposition (or other sale or disposition of assets), or any Debt Offering otherwise permitted hereunder, and (b) to release any Guaranty of any Subsidiary all or substantially all of the capital stock of which or other equity interests in which are being sold in an Asset Disposition.”

 

5


 

           3.            Continuing Effect of Loan Documents .  (a)  Each Guarantor hereby (i) consents and agrees to the amendments to the Credit Agreement set forth herein and (ii) confirms its joint and several guarantee of payment of all the Guarantors’ Obligations pursuant to the Guaranty.

            (b)  Each of the Borrowers and Guarantors hereby acknowledge and agree that each of the Security Instruments (i) remains in full force and effect and is hereby reaffirmed, (ii) continues to secure all of the Obligations of the Borrowers and the Guarantors’ Obligations pursuant to the Guaranty, as applicable, and (iii) notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Security Instrument, shall remain in effect until the Facility Termination Date.

            4.            Representations and Warranties .  Each of the Borrowers hereby certifies that after giving effect to this Amendment Agreement :

            a.            The representations and warranties made by the Borrowers in Article VI of the Credit Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof, with the same effect as though such representations and warranties were made on the date hereof, except that the financial statements referred to in Section 6.6(a) shall be those most recently furnished to each Lender pursuant to Sections 7.1(a) and (b) of the Credit Agreement.

            b.            The Borrowers and each Subsidiary have the power and authority to execute and perform this Amendment Agreement and have taken all action required for the lawful execution, delivery and performance thereof; and

            c.            No event has occurred and no condition exists which has not been waived which, upon the consummation of the transaction contemplated hereby, will constitute a Default or an Event of Default on the part of the Borrowers under the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document either immediately or with the lapse of time or the giving of notice, or both.

            5.            Conditions to Effectiveness .  This Amendment shall not be effective until the Agent has received to its satisfaction each of the following:

            a.            five (5) counterparts of this Amendment Agreement executed by the Borrowers, the Guarantors, the Agent and the Lenders;

            b.            payment of all reasonable and actual fees and expenses of counsel to the Agent and the Lenders incurred in connection with the execution and delivery of this Amendment;

            c.            a copy of the duly executed Second Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of the date hereof among the Borrowers, the Guarantors, and the Senior Agents;

            d.            a copy of the duly executed, delivered and effective Amended and Restated Intercreditor and Subordination Agreement dated as of the date hereof among the Agent, the Lenders, and the Senior Agents; and

            e.            such other documents, instruments and certificates as reasonably requested by the Agent.

6


 

Upon the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in this Section 5 , the Amendment Agreement shall be effective as of the date hereof.

            6.            Entire Agreement .  This Amendment Agreement sets forth the entire understanding and agreement of the parties hereto in relation to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any prior negotiations and agreements among the parties relative to such subject matter.  No promise, condition, representation or warranty, express or implied, not herein set forth shall bind any party hereto, and not one of them has relied on any such promise, condition, representation or warranty.  Each of the parties hereto acknowledges that, except as otherwise expressly stated herein, no representations, warranties or commitments, express or implied, have been made by any party to the other.  None of the terms or conditions of this Amendment Agreement may be changed, modified, waived or canceled orally or otherwise, except as provided in the Credit Agreement.

            7.            Full Force and Effect of Agreement .  Except as hereby specifically amended, modified or supplemented, the Credit Agreement and all of the other Loan Documents are hereby confirmed and ratified in all respects and shall remain in full force and effect according to their respective terms.

            8.            Counterparts .  This Amendment Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

            9.            Governing Law .  This Agreement shall in all respects be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Georgia.

            10.            Enforceability .  Should any one or more of the provisions of this Amendment Agreement be determined to be illegal or unenforceable as to one or more of the parties hereto, all other provisions nevertheless shall remain effective and binding on the parties hereto.

            11.            Credit Agreement .  All references in any of the Loan Documents to the “Credit Agreement” shall mean the Credit Agreement as amended hereby.

            12.            Release .   Borrowers and Guarantors acknowledge that they have no existing defense, counterclaim, offset, right of recoupment, cross-complaint, claim or demand of any kind or nature whatsoever that can be asserted to reduce or eliminate all or any part of their respective liability to pay in full the indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Agreement and the Notes and the other Loan Documents.  In consideration for the execution of this Amendment Agreement, Borrowers and Guarantors do hereby release and forever discharge the Agent and the Lenders and all of their officers, directors, employees and agents from any and all actions, causes of action, debts, dues, claims, demands, liabilities and obligations of every kind and nature, both in law and equity, known or unknown, which might be asserted against the Agent or the Lenders based on actions or events occurring on or prior to the date of this Amendment Agreement. This release applies to all matters arising out of or relating to the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the lending, deposit and borrowing relationships between the Borrowers, the Guarantors, the Agent and the Lenders, including the administration, collateralization, and funding thereof.

7


 

            13.            No Novation .  This Agreement is given as an amendment and modification of, and not as a payment of, the Obligations of the Borrower under the Credit Agreement and is not intended to constitute a novation of the Credit Agreement. All of the indebtedness, liabilities and obligations owing by the Borrowers under the Credit Agreement and the Guarantor’s obligations under the Guaranties, as applicable, shall continue to be secured by the “Collateral” as defined in the Credit Agreement and the Borrowers and the Guarantors acknowledge and agree  that the “Collateral” as defined in the Credit Agreement shall continue to constitute “Collateral” hereunder and remains subject to a security interest in favor of the Agent for the benefit of itself and the Lenders and to secure such Obligations and Guarantors’ Obligations.

            14.            Default Waiver .  Effective as of the date hereof, the Agent and the Lenders hereby waive any Default or Event of Default resulting from (i) failure of the Borrowers to make any scheduled payment or interest on the Loan, pursuant to Section 9.1(b) , (ii) failure of the Borrowers to timely make the deliveries required pursuant to Section 7.1(a) and Section 7.1(c) , or (iii) the delivery to the Agent of a Payment Blockage Notice from the Senior Agent, pursuant to Section 9.1(g) .  This waiver shall be a one-time waiver and shall in no way serve to waive any obligations of the Borrowers other than as expressly set forth above.

            16.            Successors and Assigns .  This Amendment Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each of the Borrowers, the Lenders and the Agent and their respective successors, assigns and legal representatives; provided , however, that the Borrowers, without the prior consent of the Agent, may not assign any rights, powers, duties or obligations hereunder.

            17.            Expenses .  Without limiting the provisions of Section 11.5 of the Credit Agreement, the Borrowers agree to pay to the Agent all reasonable costs and expenses (including without limitation reasonable legal fees and expenses) incurred or arising in connection with the negotiation and preparation of this Amendment Agreement.

[Signature pages follow]


8


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment No. 6 to Credit Agreement to be duly executed by their duly authorized officers, all as of the day and year first above written.

BORROWERS:

MILLER INDUSTRIES, INC.

By: ________________________________
Name:______________________________
Title: _______________________________ 

MILLER INDUSTRIES TOWING
EQUIPMENT INC.

By: ________________________________
Name:______________________________ 
Title:_______________________________

 

9


 

 

GUARANTORS :

ACKERMAN WRECKER SERVICE, INC.
A-EXCELLENCE TOWING CO.
ALL AMERICAN TOWING SERVICES,
INC.
ALLIED GARDENS TOWING, INC.
ALLIED TOWING AND RECOVERY, INC.
ANDERSON TOWING SERVICE, INC.
APACO, INC.
ARROW WRECKER SERVICE, INC.
A TO Z ENTERPRISES, INC.
B&B ASSOCIATED INDUSTRIES, INC.
B-G TOWING, INC.
BEAR TRANSPORTATION, INC.
BEATY TOWING & RECOVERY, INC.
BERT’S TOWING RECOVERY
CORPORATION
BOB BOLIN SERVICES, INC.
BOB’S AUTO SERVICE, INC.
BOB VINCENT AND SONS
WRECKER
SERVICE, INC.
BOULEVARD & TRUMBULL TOWING,
INC.
BREWER’S, INC.
BRYRICH CORPORATION
CAL WEST TOWING, INC.
CEDAR BLUFF 24 HOUR TOWING, INC.
CENTRAL VALLEY TOWING, INC.
CENTURY HOLDINGS, INC.
CHAD’S, INC.
CHAMPION CARRIER CORPORATION
 CHEVRON, INC.
CLARENCE CORNISH AUTOMOTIVE                                                                               SERVICE, INC.
CLEVELAND VEHICLE DETENTION CENTER, INC.
COLEMAN’S TOWING & RECOVERY,
INC.
D.A. HANELINE, INC.
DVREX, INC.                                                                                                                                   DICK’S TOWING & ROAD SERVICE, INC.
DOLLAR ENTERPRISES, INC.
DON’S TOWING, INC.
DUGGER’S SERVICES, INC.
DURU, INC.

 

10


 

 

E.B.T., INC.
EXPORT ENTERPRISES, INC.
GARY’S TOWING & SALVAGE POOL, INC.
GOLDEN WEST TOWING EQUIPMENT, INC.
GOOD MECHANIC AUTO CO. OF
RICHFIELD, INC.
GREAT AMERICA TOWING, INC.
GREG’S TOWING, INC.
H&H TOWING ENTERPRISES, INC.
KAUFF’S, INC.
KAUFF’S OF FT. PIERCE, INC.
KAUFF’S OF MIAMI, INC.
KAUFFS OF PALM BEACH, INC.
KEN’S TOWING, INC.
KING AUTOMOTIVE & INDUSTRIAL
EQUIPMENT, INC.
LWKR, INC.
LAZER TOW SERVICES, INC.
LEVESQUE’S AUTO SERVICE, INC.
LINCOLN TOWING ENTERPRISES, INC.
M&M TOWING AND RECOVERY, INC.
MAEJO, INC.
MEL’S ACQUISITION CORP.
MERL’S TOWING SERVICE, INC.
MID AMERICA WRECKER & EQUIPMENT
SALES, INC. OF COLORADO
MIKE’S WRECKER SERVICE, INC.
MILLER FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
MILLER/GREENEVILLE, INC.
MILLER INDUSTRIES DISTRIBUTING, INC.
MILLER INDUSTRIES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
MOORE’S SERVICE & TOWING, INC.
MOORE’S TOWING SERVICE, INC.
MOSTELLER’S GARAGE, INC.
MURPHY’S TOWING, INC.
OFFICIAL TOWING, INC.
P.A.T., INC.
PIPES ENTERPRISES, INC.
PULLEN’S TRUCK CENTER, INC.
PURPOSE, INC.
RANDY’S HIGH COUNTRY TOWING, INC.
RAY HARRIS, INC.

11


 

 

RMA ACQUISITION CORP.
RRIC ACQUISITION CORP.
RAY’S TOWING, INC.
RECOVERY SERVICES, INC.
RBEX, INC.
ROAD ONE, INC.
ROADONE EMPLOYEE SERVICES, INC.
ROAD ONE INSURANCE SERVICES, INC.
ROAD ONE SERVICE, INC.
ROADONE SPECIALIZED TRANSPORTATION, INC.
ROADONE TRANSPORTATION AND LOGISTICS, INC.
R.M.W.S., INC.
SANDY’S AUTO & TRUCK SERVICE, INC.
SAKSTRUP TOWING, INC.
SONOMA CIRCUITS, INC.
SOUTHERN WRECKER CENTER, INC.
SOUTHERN WRECKER SALES, INC.
SOUTHWEST TRANSPORT, INC.
SUBURBAN WRECKER SERVICE, INC.
TED’S OF FAYVILLE, INC.
TEXAS TOWING CORPORATION
THOMPSON’S WRECKER SERVICE, INC.
TOW PRO CUSTOM TOWING & HAULING,
INC.
TREASURE COAST TOWING, INC.
TRUCK SALES & SALVAGE CO., INC.
WALKER TOWING, INC.
WES’S SERVICE INCORPORATED
WESTERN TOWING; MCCLURE/EARLEY  
ENTERPRISES, INC.
WHITEY’S TOWING, INC.
WILTSE TOWING, INC.
ZEHNER TOWING & RECOVERY, INC.

By:____________________________________
Name:__________________________________
Title:___________________________________

 

 

12


 

 

AGENT AND LENDERS:

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.
successor to NATIONSBANK, N.A.,
as Agent for the Lenders and as a Lender

By:                                                                     
Name:                                                                
Title:                                                                   

WACHOVIA BANK, N.A.

By:                                                                     
Name:                                                                
Title:                                                                   

AMSOUTH BANK, formerly known as
FIRST AMERICAN NATIONAL BANK

By:                                                                     
Name:                                                                
Title:                                                                   

SUNTRUST BANK

By:                                                                     
Name:                                                                
Title:                                                                   

 

 

 

13

EXHIBIT 10.83

AMENDED AND RESTATED INTERCREDITOR
AND SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT

 

            THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED INTERCREDITOR AND SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of the 12th day of April, 2002, is by and among THE CIT GROUP/BUSINESS CREDIT, INC., in its capacity as Collateral Agent for the Senior Lenders under the below-described Senior Credit Agreement (the “ Senior Agent ”), BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., in its capacity as Existing Titled Collateral Agent for the Senior Lenders under the below-described Senior Credit Agreement (the “ Senior Existing Titled Collateral Agent ”; the Senior Agent and the Senior Existing Titled Collateral Agent, collectively, the “ Senior Agents ”), and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., in its capacity as agent for the Junior Lenders under the below-described Junior Credit Agreement (the “ Junior Agent ”).

R E C I T A L S :

            A.         MILLER INDUSTRIES, INC., a Tennessee corporation (“ Miller ”), and its subsidiaries listed on the Acknowledgment and Agreement attached hereto (Miller and such subsidiaries, collectively, “ Debtors ”), the Senior Agents, Bank of America, N.A., d/b/a Bank of America Business Credit as Letter of Credit Issuer (the “ Letter of Credit Issuer ”), and the lenders from time to time party thereto (the “ Senior Lenders ”; the Senior Agents, the Letter of Credit Issuer and the Senior Lenders, collectively, the “ Senior Creditors ”), have entered into a certain Credit Agreement dated as of July 23, 2001 (as amended by the Forbearance Agreement and First Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of February 28, 2002 and by the Second Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of the date hereof, and as further amended, modified or restated from time to time hereafter in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the “ Senior Credit Agreement ”), pursuant to which, among other things, the Senior Creditors have agreed, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in such agreement, to make certain loans and financial accommodations to the Debtors.

            B.         The Junior Agent, the lenders from time to time party thereto (the “ Junior Lenders ”; the Junior Agent and the Junior Lenders, collectively, the “ Junior Creditors ”), and one or more of the Debtors have entered into a certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of July 23, 2001 (as amended by the First Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of the date hereof, and as further amended, modified or restated from time to time hereafter in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the “ Junior Credit Agreement ”), pursuant to which, among other things, the Junior Creditors have agreed, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in such agreement, to make a term loan to one or more of the Debtors, which loan is to be guaranteed by each of the other Debtors.

 


 

            C.         The Debtors have granted security interests to the Senior Agents and the Junior Agent, in substantially all of the Debtors’ real and personal property, whether now existing or hereafter arising, as more particularly described on Schedule A hereto (collectively, the “ Collateral ”), in order to secure the Debtors’ respective obligations to the Senior Creditors and the Junior Creditors.

            D.         In connection with the foregoing, the parties hereto entered into that certain Intercreditor and Subordination Agreement dated as of July 23, 2001 (as amended, modified or restated from time to time prior to the date hereof, the “ Subordination Agreement ”), pursuant to which (a) the obligations of the Debtors to the Junior Creditors under the Junior Loan Documents were subordinated to the obligations of the Debtors to the Senior Creditors under the Senior Loan Documents, and (b) all of the liens and security interests of the Junior Agent in the Collateral were subordinated to the liens and security interests of the Senior Agents therein, except as otherwise provided with respect to the Junior Creditors’ Priority Collateral.

            E.          The parties hereto desire to amend and restate the Subordination Agreement as set forth herein

            NOW, THEREFORE, it is agreed that the Subordination Agreement is amended and restated as follows:

            1.          Certain Definitions .   In addition to capitalized terms defined elsewhere in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms shall have the following respective meanings when used in this Agreement:

                         1.1       “ Agreement has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

                        1.2       “ Availability Requirement means    (a) $10,000,000 at any time prior to the Substantial RoadOne Disposition, and (b) $6,000,000 at any time thereafter.

                         1.3       “ Bankruptcy Code means Title 11 of the United States Code (11 U.S.C. § 101 et seq .), as amended from time to time, or any successor statute.

                         1.4       “ Borrowing Base means the borrowing base under the Senior Credit Agreement for the determination of the amount of loans available to be borrowed thereunder.

                         1.5       “ Collateral has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement, but shall in any event exclude the Junior Creditors Priority Collateral.

                         1.6       “ Debtors has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

                         1.7       “ Enforcement Action means any action to enforce or attempt to enforce any right or remedy available to any Junior Creditor under the Junior Loan Documents, applicable law or otherwise, including any action to (a) accelerate the maturity of, or demand as

2


 

immediately due and payable, all or any part of the Junior Liabilities, (b) exercise any right of set-off, (c) realize or foreclose upon, repossess, sell or otherwise dispose of, liquidate, or otherwise restrict or interfere with the use of, any Collateral, (d) commence, continue or participate in (other than as a defendant or co-defendant in defense of its own interests) any judicial, arbitral or other proceeding, or any other collection or enforcement action of any kind, against any Debtor or any assets of any Debtor (including any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding), in any case, seeking, directly or indirectly, to enforce any rights or remedies, or to enforce any of the obligations incurred by any Debtor, under or in connection with the Junior Liabilities or the Junior Loan Documents, or (e) commence or pursue any judicial, arbitral or other proceeding or legal action of any kind, seeking injunctive or other equitable relief to prohibit, limit or impair the commencement or pursuit by any Senior Creditor of any of its rights or remedies under or in connection with the Senior Loan Documents or otherwise available to any Senior Creditor under applicable law; provided, however, “Enforcement Action” shall not include any action to realize or foreclose upon the Olive Branch Real Estate Collateral (it being understood, however, that the Debtors shall not be obligated or permitted to incur or to reimburse any Junior Creditor for, and no Junior Creditor shall be permitted to receive any reimbursement from a Debtor for, any of the title, survey, environmental or other costs and expenses associated with any Junior Creditor’s realization or foreclose upon the Olive Branch Real Estate Collateral).

 

                        1.8       “ Event of Default means any event of default under and as defined in the Senior Loan Documents.

                        1.9       “ Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding means (a) any insolvency or bankruptcy case or proceeding (including any case under the Bankruptcy Code), or any receivership, custodianship, liquidation, reorganization or other similar case or proceeding, relative to any Debtor, or to the assets of any Debtor, (b) any liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or winding up of any Debtor, whether voluntary or involuntary and whether or not involving solvency or bankruptcy, (c) any assignment for the benefit of creditors or any other marshalling of assets and liabilities of any Debtor, or (d) any sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of any Debtor in connection with any of the foregoing.

                        1.10     “ Junior Agent has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

                        1.11      Junior Credit Agreement has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

                        1.12     “ Junior Creditor Default Notice has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2 of this Agreement.

                        1.13     “ Junior Creditors has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

                        1.14     “ Junior Creditors Priority Collateral means (a) all tangible property of the Debtors that is now or hereafter located outside of the United States of America and Canada

3


 

except in violation of the terms of the Senior Credit Agreement, (b) the Olive Branch Real Estate Collateral, and (c) all issued and outstanding stock of Boniface Engineering Ltd., an entity organized under the laws of the United Kingdom and S.A. Jige International, an entity organized under the laws of France.

                        1.15     “ Junior Liabilities means all Liabilities to any of the Junior Creditors from time to time outstanding pursuant to the Junior Loan Documents (including, without limitation, all principal, interest, fees, Liabilities relating to or arising out of any warrants or other any equity interests in any Debtor, Liabilities arising out of any guarantees, and all indemnities, costs, and expenses).

                        1.16      Junior Loan Documents means the Junior Credit Agreement and all agreements, documents and instruments related to the debt obligations thereunder and collateral security therefor and any put or similar rights granted in connection therewith, including but not limited to, the Junior Notes and any guarantees relating to the Junior Credit Agreement, as any of the foregoing may from time to time be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified in compliance with the terms of this Agreement.

                        1.17     “ Junior Notes means, collectively, each promissory note (including promissory notes issued after the date hereof with respect to the payment of interest in kind under the Junior Liabilities) issued to a Junior Creditor pursuant to the terms of the Junior Credit Agreement and all notes issued in substitution or replacement thereof.

                        1.18     “ Junior Securities means securities of any Debtor or any of its subsidiaries (including, without limitation, equity securities), in each case the payment or redemption of which is subordinate, at least to the extent provided in this Agreement with respect to the Junior Liabilities, to the payment of the Senior Liabilities and to the payment of all securities issued in exchange therefor to the Senior Creditors.

                        1.19     “ Letter of Credit Issuer has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

                        1.20     “ Liabilities means all indebtedness, obligations and liabilities of each Debtor, howsoever created, arising or evidenced, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, joint or several, now or hereafter existing, or due or to become due.

                        1.21     “ Lien means any mortgage, deed to secure debt, deed of trust, lien, pledge, charge, security interest, security title or encumbrance of any kind, whether created by agreement or by possession of property, or conferred by statute or applicable law.

                        1.22     “ Miller has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

                        1.23     “ Net Junior Creditor Proceeds means all Net Proceeds received by any RoadOne Debtor from any RoadOne Disposition, net of (a) all Required Payments, (b) with respect to owned real estate, the amount advanced by the Senior Lenders on the Closing Date

4


 

pursuant to the Term Loan with respect to such parcel of real estate, (c) with respect to Equipment (other than fleet vehicles), the amount advanced by the Senior Lenders on the Closing Date pursuant to the Term Loan with respect to such Equipment, (d) with respect to fleet vehicles, the amount included in the RoadOne Borrowing Base at the time of such RoadOne Disposition with respect to such fleet vehicles, (e) with respect to Accounts, the amount included in the RoadOne Borrowing Base at the time of such RoadOne Disposition with respect to such Accounts, and (f) in the case of the Substantial RoadOne Disposition or any RoadOne Disposition consummated thereafter, to the extent that after giving effect to any Permitted Payment to be made in connection therewith Excess Availability is less than $10,000,000, 50% of the remaining Net Proceeds.  As used herein, the terms “Equipment”, “Closing Date”, “Net Proceeds”, “Term Loan”, “RoadOne Borrowing Base” and “Accounts” shall have the meanings set forth in the Senior Credit Agreement as in effect from time to time.

                        1.24     “ New Lender has the meaning set forth in Section 17.1 of this Agreement.

                        1.25     “ Olive Branch Real Estate Collateral means all rights and interests of the Debtors under that certain Deed of Trust and Security Agreement dated March 31, 1999 granted by Fabri-Tech, L.L.C. in favor of Miller encumbering certain real property described therein located in Olive Branch, Mississippi, recorded in Book 1112, Page 448, De Soto County Registry, as hereinafter modified, amended or supplemented from time to time, as well as all rights and interests of the Debtors in such real property as a result of foreclosure under the foregoing Deed of Trust and Security Agreement.

                        1.26     “ Payment Blockage Notice has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2 of this Agreement.

                        1.27     “ Payment Blockage Period has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2 of this Agreement.

                        1.28     “ Permitted Payments means (a) regularly scheduled payments of principal, interest and fees on the dates, in the amounts and at the interest rates (including any changes thereto by the application of interest rate adjustments as provided for in the Junior Loan Documents, but excluding any increase in the interest rate resulting from application of default rate interest under the Junior Loan Documents) set forth in the Junior Credit Agreement as in effect on the date hereof (after giving affect to the First Amendment thereto), provided that no such regularly scheduled payment of principal, interest or fees shall be due on or before October 12, 2002, except for (i) regularly scheduled interest payments with respect to interest accruing after March 31, 2002 but prior to October 12, 2002, and (ii) the payment of interest on the effective date of the Second Amendment to the Senior Credit Agreement for the period from March 1, 2002 through March 31, 2002, in each case at an interest rate not to exceed the lesser of six percent per annum and Bank of America’s prime rate as in effect from time to time, (b) payments by the Debtors made solely from the proceeds of any foreclosure or realization by the Debtors pursuant to their rights under the Olive Branch Real Estate Collateral, it being understood that such payments shall be net of all taxes, commissions, fees and other expenses

5


 

(including title, survey, environmental and other costs and expenses) incurred by the Debtors in connection with any such foreclosure or realization, and (c) a principal prepayment in the amount of the Net Junior Creditor Proceeds of any RoadOne Disposition, such principal prepayment to be payable no earlier than the fifth (5 th ) business day following the consummation of any such RoadOne Disposition; provided, that, (i) no payment may be made under clause (a) or (c) above unless, on the date such payment is due and after giving effect to the making of such payment, no default or Event of Default exists under the Senior Credit Agreement, (ii) no principal prepayment under clause (c) may exceed the amount that would cause Excess Availability (as defined in the Senior Credit Agreement), after giving effect to the making of such principal prepayment, to be less than the Availability Requirement, and (iii) with respect to any regularly scheduled principal payment, (A) no such regularly scheduled principal payment may be made until the fifth (5 th ) business day following the receipt by the Senior Agents and the Senior Lenders of the Initial Financial Statements and of the most recent monthly or quarterly (as applicable) financial statements of the Debtors then due under the Senior Credit Agreement, and (B) such regularly scheduled principal payment may not exceed the lesser of (1) the amount that would cause the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (as defined in the Senior Credit Agreement), calculated for the Debtors’ two fiscal quarter period ending on September 30, 2002 (in the case of the principal payment due on November 20, 2002), three fiscal quarter period ending on December 31, 2002 (in the case of the principal payment due on April 5, 2003), or four fiscal quarter period ending March 31, 2003 (in the case of the principal payment due on May 20, 2003), to be less than 1.15 to 1 after giving effect to such payment, (2) the amount that would cause Excess Availability to be less than the Availability Requirement after giving effect to such payment, and (3) $875,000 plus the amount of previously scheduled regular principal payments that were not made as a result of the restrictions set forth above in clauses (1) and/or (2) .  “ Initial Financial Statements ” means Debtors’ audited Financial Statements for the fiscal period from May 1, 2001 through December 31, 2001.  In the event that the Debtors are not permitted to make a principal prepayment of all or part of the Net Junior Creditor Proceeds from a RoadOne Disposition as a result of clause (ii) above, the Debtors shall be permitted to make the unpaid portion of such prepayment on the date the next regularly scheduled principal payment is due to the extent that, after making such principal prepayment and the regularly scheduled principal payment due on such date, Excess Availability is equal to or greater than the Availability Requirement and the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is equal to or greater than 1.15 to 1 for the fiscal period(s) set forth above under clause (B) .

                        1.29     “ Required Payments means, in the case of any RoadOne Debtor subject to a RoadOne Disposition, collectively, (a) the aggregate amount of all outstanding loans and advances made by any Miller Debtor to any RoadOne Debtor subject to such RoadOne Disposition, together with all interest thereon, (b) the aggregate amount of all payables owing by such RoadOne Debtor to other Debtors, (c) all outstanding Debt (other than the Obligations and Subordinated Debt) and other outstanding Liabilities of such RoadOne Debtor to Persons other than Debtors, other than, in the case of any RoadOne Disposition that does not constitute the Substantial RoadOne Disposition, (i) Debt and Liabilities specifically relating to assets of such RoadOne Debtor that are not included in such RoadOne Disposition, and (ii) a portion of all other Debt and Liabilities of such RoadOne Debtor corresponding to the percentage of the assets of such RoadOne Debtor that are not included in such RoadOne Disposition in relation to all of

6


 

the assets of such RoadOne Debtor, in each case as determined by the Debtors and Collateral Agent in good faith, and (d) the payment of the Obligations in accordance with Section 3.8 in an aggregate amount of all Guaranties issued by Parent in accordance with Section 7.13(h) in connection with such RoadOne Disposition; provided , that, in the case of the Substantial RoadOne Disposition, “Required Payments” shall mean (A) the aggregate amount of all outstanding loans and advances made by any Miller Debtor to any RoadOne Debtor, together with all interest thereon, (B) the aggregate amount of all payables owing by any RoadOne Debtor to other Debtors, (C) all outstanding Debt (other than the Obligations and Subordinated Debt) and other outstanding Liabilities of the RoadOne Debtors to Persons other than Debtors, and (D) the payment of the Obligations in accordance with Section 3.8 in an aggregate amount of all Guaranties issued by Parent in accordance with Section 7.13(h) .

                        1.30     “ RoadOne Debtors means each of the RoadOne Borrowers, as defined in the Senior Credit Agreement.

                        1.31     “ RoadOne Disposition means any sale or other disposition (other than in connection with an Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding) of (a) less than all of the assets of any RoadOne Debtor so long as (i) the Net Proceeds therefrom are at least equal to $100,000 or (ii) the assets sold or disposed of constitute all or substantially all of the assets of any location operated by such RoadOne Debtor, or (b) all of the assets, stock or property of any RoadOne Debtor (in either case, provided such assets, stock or property involve the RoadOne business), including through asset sales, stock sales, and mergers whereby the applicable RoadOne Debtor is not the surviving corporation.

                        1.32     “ Senior Agent and Senior Agents have the meanings set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

                        1.33     “ Senior Credit Agreement has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

                        1.34     “ Senior Creditors has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

                        1.35     “ Senior Lenders has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

                        1.36     “ Senior Liabilities means all Liabilities to the Senior Creditors from time to time outstanding pursuant to or in connection with the Senior Loan Documents (including, without limitation, all principal, interest, fees, reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit, indemnities, costs and expenses) up to an aggregate amount not to exceed the sum of (a) up to $100,000,000 of revolving loans and letters of credit at any time outstanding pursuant to the Senior Credit Agreement; plus (b) up to $10,000,000 of term loans made pursuant to the Senior Credit Agreement; plus (c) all interest arising under or with respect to the Senior Loan Documents, including, in the event of an Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding, any and all post-petition interest and costs from and after the date of filing of a petition by or against any

7


 

Debtor or its bankruptcy estate, whether or not such amounts are allowed as a claim against any Debtor in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding; plus (d) all Liabilities arising under or out of Hedge Agreements and other Bank Products (as such terms are defined in the Senior Credit Agreement); plus (e) all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the Senior Creditors in connection with their enforcement of any rights or remedies under the Senior Loan Documents, the collection of any of the Senior Liabilities, or the protection of, or realization upon, any collateral therefor after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default under the Senior Loan Documents, including, by way of example, reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, appraisal and consulting fees, auctioneers’ fees, rent, storage, insurance premiums and like items, and whether or not such amounts are allowed as a claim against any Debtor in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding; plus (f) all fees, charges, and indemnities owing by any Debtor to any Senior Creditor under or in connection with the Senior Loan Documents.

                        1.37     “ Senior Liability Repayment means the circumstance in which (a) the Senior Liabilities have been indefeasibly paid in full in cash, (b) all letters of credit provided by the Letter of Credit Issuer have been released, terminated or cash-collateralized, and (c) all commitments under the Senior Loan Documents have been terminated.

                        1.38     “ Senior Loan Documents means the Senior Credit Agreement and all agreements, documents and instruments related thereto, as any of the foregoing may from time to time be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified in compliance with the terms of this Agreement.

                        1.39     “ Senior Non-Payment Default means any Event of Default that does not constitute a Senior Payment Default.

                        1.40     “ Senior Payment Default means any Event of Default that arises out of the failure to make any payment when due under any of the Senior Loan Documents.

                        1.41     “ Substantial RoadOne Disposition means any RoadOne Disposition involving (a) all of the stock and/or assets of all of the RoadOne Debtors, or (b) assets of RoadOne Debtors with a book value greater than 90% of the aggregate book value of all of the assets of the RoadOne Debtors as of March 31, 2002.

            2.          Subordination .

                        2.1       Subordination of Debt To the extent and in the manner hereinafter set forth in this Agreement, the Junior Liabilities are hereby expressly made subordinate, junior and subject in right of payment to the full and final payment of the Senior Liabilities in cash.  The Junior Agent agrees that the Junior Notes and any other instrument or document evidencing the Junior Liabilities, will at all times bear the following legend:

THIS NOTE AND THE INDEBTEDNESS EVIDENCED HEREBY HAVE BEEN SUBORDINATED TO CERTAIN OBLIGATIONS OF THE MAKER PURSUANT TO AN AMENDED AND RESTATED

8


 

 INTERCREDITOR AND SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT BETWEEN BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., AS JUNIOR AGENT, AND BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. AND THE CIT GROUP/BUSINESS CREDIT, INC., AS SENIOR AGENTS, AS AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME.

                        2.2       Subordination of Liens To the extent and in the manner hereinafter set forth in this Agreement, each Junior Creditor hereby subordinates and makes junior any and all of its now existing or hereafter acquired Liens on any and all Collateral (other than Junior Creditors Priority Collateral), including, without limitation, all Liens granted by any Debtor to the Junior Agent in the Junior Loan Documents, to the Liens of the Senior Agents and the other Senior Creditors, whether now existing or hereafter acquired, in, to or on the Collateral.  Said priority shall be applicable irrespective of the time or order of attachment or perfection of any security interest or other Lien or the time or order of filing or recording of any financing statements, fixture filings, security instruments, certificate of title applications or other documents, or any statutes, rules or law, or court decisions to the contrary.  The Lien subordination provisions in this Agreement are for the benefit of and shall be enforceable directly by the Senior Agents and the other Senior Creditors, and the Senior Agents and each of the other Senior Creditors shall be deemed to have acquired the Senior Liabilities, whether now existing or hereafter arising, in reliance upon this Agreement. 

                        2.3        Disposition of Collateral .  

            (a)        Each Junior Creditor hereby agrees that the Debtors may sell or dispose of any or all of their assets (including pursuant to the Substantial RoadOne Disposition) without any consent of any Junior Creditor, which sale or disposition shall be free and clear of all Liens of the Junior Creditors (to the same extent the transferee would take free of the Lien thereon in favor of the Senior Creditors), provided that the Junior Creditors shall retain any rights they may have as a junior secured creditor with respect to any Net Junior Creditor Proceeds, to the extent the payment thereof would constitute a Permitted Payment hereunder.  Upon any such sale or disposition of any of the Collateral, any and all Liens of the Junior Creditors in such Collateral shall be deemed to be released free of the Lien of any Junior Creditor (to the same extent the transferee would take free of the Lien thereon in favor of the Senior Creditors) without further action on the part of the Junior Creditors or any Senior Creditor, and the Junior Creditors agree (a) if requested, to execute and promptly deliver to the Senior Agent any and all financing statements, quitclaim deeds, releases and other documents with respect to such releases which the Senior Agent or any other Senior Creditor deems necessary in its reasonable discretion, and (b) that the Senior Agent is hereby irrevocably authorized to execute and deliver on behalf of the Junior Agent all such title applications, releases and other documents as the Senior Agent deems necessary in its reasonable discretion to evidence such release.

            (b)        Each Junior Creditor hereby further agrees that, until the Senior Liability Repayment, the Senior Creditors (or the Senior Agent acting on their behalf) may, in the enforcement of their rights under the Senior Loan Documents after an Event of Default,

9


 

dispose of (free of the Lien of any Junior Creditor to the same extent as the transferee would take free of the Lien thereon in favor of the Senior Creditors), and exercise or refrain from exercising any rights with respect to, any or all of the Collateral, provided that any such disposition is made in a commercially reasonable manner and that the Junior Creditors retain any rights they may have as a junior secured creditor with respect to the surplus (if any) over the amount necessary to pay the Senior Liabilities in full in cash arising from any such disposition or enforcement.  Upon any disposition of any of the Collateral as provided in this Section by the Senior Agent or any other Senior Creditor, any and all Liens of the Junior Creditors in such Collateral shall be deemed to be released free of the Lien of any Junior Creditor to the same extent as the transferee would take free of the Lien thereon in favor of the Senior Creditors without further action on the part of the Junior Creditors or any Senior Creditor, and the Junior Creditors agree (a) if requested, to execute and promptly deliver to the Senior Agent any and all financing statements, quitclaim deeds, releases and other documents with respect to such releases which the Senior Agent or any other Senior Creditor deems necessary in its reasonable discretion, and (b) that the Senior Agent is hereby irrevocably authorized to execute and deliver on behalf of the Junior Agent all such title applications, releases and other documents as the Senior Agent deems necessary in its reasonable discretion to evidence such release.  Each Junior Creditor and each Senior Creditor agrees that any funds of any Debtor which it obtains through the exercise of any right of setoff or other similar right (other than for routine account activity charges) constitute Collateral, and such Junior Creditor shall promptly pay such funds to the Senior Agent to be applied to the outstanding Senior Liabilities.

                        2.2        Intercreditor Arrangements in Bankruptcy .  

            (a)        This Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and enforceable pursuant to its terms in accordance with Section 510(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, and all references herein to any Debtor shall be deemed to apply to such Debtor as debtor in possession and to any trustee in bankruptcy for the estate of such Debtor.

            (b)        Except as otherwise specifically permitted in this Section 2.4, until the Senior Liability Repayment, no Junior Creditor shall assert, without prior written notice to the Senior Agent, any claim, motion, objection, or argument in respect of any Collateral in connection with any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding which could be asserted or raised in connection with such Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding by such Junior Creditor as a secured creditor of any Debtor, including, without limitation, any claim, motion, objection or argument seeking adequate protection or relief from the automatic stay in respect of the Collateral.

            (c)        Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, until the Senior Liability Repayment shall have occurred, each Junior Creditor agrees that if an Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding occurs, (i) any of the Senior Creditors may consent or object to the use of cash collateral on such terms and conditions and in such amounts as such Senior Creditors, in their sole discretion, may decide, without seeking or obtaining the

10


 

 consent of any Junior Creditor as holder of an interest in the Collateral; (ii) such Junior Creditor shall not oppose any Debtor’s use of cash collateral to which the Senior Creditors consent on the basis that any Junior Creditor’s interest in the Collateral is impaired by such use or inadequately protected by such use to the extent such use has been approved by the Senior Creditors; (iii) one or more of the Senior Creditors may provide financing to any Debtor pursuant to Section 364 of the Bankruptcy Code or other applicable law (such financing, the “ Post-Petition Financing ”) on such terms and conditions and in such amounts as such Senior Creditors, in their sole discretion, may decide, without seeking or obtaining the consent of any Junior Creditor as holder of an interest in the Collateral; and (iv) such Junior Creditor shall not oppose any such financing on the basis that any Junior Creditor’s interest in the Collateral is impaired by such financing or inadequately protected by such financing to the extent such financing has been approved by the Senior Creditors.

            (d)        Each Junior Creditor and each Senior Creditor agrees that it will not initiate, prosecute, encourage, or assist with any other person or entity to initiate or prosecute any claim, action or other proceeding (i) challenging the validity or enforceability of this Agreement, (ii) challenging the validity, enforceability or seniority of any Senior Creditor’s or Junior Creditor’s claim, (iii) challenging the perfection, enforceability or seniority of any Liens of the Senior Agents, the Junior Agent or any other Senior Creditor or Junior Creditor, or (iv) asserting any claims, if any, which any Debtor may hold with respect to the Senior Agents, the Junior Agent, any other Senior Creditor or Junior Creditor, or the Senior Liabilities or Junior Liabilities.

            (e)        To the extent that any Senior Creditor receives payments or transfers on the Senior Liabilities or proceeds of the Collateral which are subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside and/or required to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party under any bankruptcy law, state or federal law, common law, or equitable cause, then, to the extent of such payment or proceeds received, the Senior Liabilities, or part thereof, intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continue in full force and effect as if such payments or proceeds had not been received by such Senior Creditor.

            (f)         Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.4, each Junior Creditor shall be entitled to file any necessary responsive or defensive pleadings in opposition to any motion, claim, adversary proceeding or other pleading made by any person objecting to or otherwise seeking the disallowance of the claims of such Junior Creditor, including, without limitation, any claims secured by the Collateral, if any.

            3.          Insolvency and Liquidation Proceeding .   In the event of any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding, as between the Senior Creditors and the Junior Creditors, the following shall apply:

 

                        3.1        Upon any payment or distribution of assets or securities of any kind or character, whether in cash, securities or other property, of any Debtor or the estate created

1


 

by the commencement of any such Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding (other than any payment or distribution exclusively from Junior Creditors Priority Collateral), the Senior Liabilities shall first be paid irrevocably in full in cash before any Junior Creditor shall be entitled to receive any payment or distribution of any cash, securities or other property (other than Junior Securities) on account of the Junior Liabilities.

                        3.2        The Senior Creditors shall be entitled to receive from the Debtors and any other person making any distribution in accordance with Section 3.1 any payment or distribution of any kind or character, whether in cash, securities or other property (other than Junior Securities) which may be payable or deliverable in respect of the Junior Liabilities in any such Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding for application to the payment of the Senior Liabilities (to the extent necessary to pay such Senior Liabilities after giving effect to any concurrent payment to the holders of such Senior Liabilities).  To facilitate the foregoing, each Junior Creditor irrevocably authorizes, empowers and directs any Debtor, debtor in possession, receiver, liquidator, custodian, conservator, trustee or other person having authority to pay or otherwise deliver all such payments or distributions to the Senior Agent as required by this Section 3.2, and each Junior Creditor also irrevocably authorizes and empowers the Senior Agent, in the name of such Junior Creditor and at the Senior Agent’s sole cost and expense, to demand, sue for, collect, receive and receipt for any and all such payments and distributions to effect payment or other delivery thereof by such person required by this Section 3.2 directly to the Senior Agent.

                        3.3        In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of Section 3.2, any Junior Creditor receives any payment from or distribution of assets or securities of any Debtor or the estate created by the commencement of any such Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding, of any kind or character in respect of the Junior Liabilities, whether in cash, securities or other property (other than Junior Securities and payments and distributions from Junior Creditors Priority Collateral), before the Senior Liability Repayment shall have occurred, then, and in such event, such payment or distribution shall be received and held in trust by such Junior Creditor for the benefit of the Senior Creditors, and shall be promptly paid over or delivered by such Junior Creditor to the Senior Agent to the extent necessary to pay the Senior Liabilities in full after giving effect to any concurrent payment to the holders of the Senior Liabilities.

            3.4        (a)        Each Junior Creditor hereby authorizes and employs the Senior Agent in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding to file a proof of claim on behalf of such Junior Creditor with respect to the Junior Liabilities if such Junior Creditor (or the Junior Agent) fails to file such proof of claim prior to 15 days before the expiration of the time period during which such claims must be submitted.  Each Junior Creditor agrees that the Senior Agent shall have no obligation whatsoever to file any such proof of claim and that no Senior Creditor (including the Senior Agent) shall be liable to any Junior Creditor for any loss or liability suffered by any Junior Creditor as a result of (i) any Senior Creditor’s compliance with the terms of this Section 3.4(a), except to the extent directly caused by the gross negligence, willful misconduct or criminal acts of such Senior Creditor as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final non-

1


 

appealable judgment, or (ii) any election of the Senior Agent in its sole discretion not to file a proof of claim on behalf of any Junior Creditor.

            (b)        Each Junior Creditor covenants and agrees to provide the Senior Agent with a copy of any proof of claim filed by such Junior Creditor in connection with any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding.

            (c)        In any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding, each Junior Creditor agrees that it shall not vote to accept or approve any plan of partial or complete liquidation, reorganization, arrangement, composition or extension (nor shall it provide any financing to any Debtor or its affiliates under any such plan) that would cause any Junior Creditor or affiliate thereof to receive any payment in respect of Junior Liabilities (other than current interest in connection with any debt owing to such Junior Creditor pursuant to a plan of reorganization, provided that the payment of such current interest is subordinated to the Senior Liabilities on substantially the terms set forth herein) prior to the Senior Liability Repayment.

            4.         Payments of Junior Liabilities .

                        4.1        Subject to the provisions of Section 4.2, no Junior Creditor will ask for, demand, sue for, take or receive from any Debtor, by setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or in any other manner, the whole or any part of any of the Junior Liabilities, unless and until the Senior Liability Repayment shall have occurred.

                        4.2       Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 4.1, except as otherwise provided in this Section 4.2, the Debtors may pay, and the Junior Creditors may receive and retain, Permitted Payments, unless prior to any such Permitted Payment an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Senior Agent has given to Miller and the Junior Agent written notice thereof identifying the Event of Default and invoking a payment blockage under this Agreement (such notice, a “ Payment Blockage Notice ” and such period during which payments are blocked as described in Section 4.2(a) or (b) below, a “ Payment Blockage Period ”), in which case no direct or indirect payment or distribution of any kind or character shall be made by any Debtor or any other person on behalf of any Debtor (or received by any Junior Creditor) on account of the Junior Liabilities or any judgment related thereto, or on account of the purchase or redemption or other acquisition of the Junior Liabilities, unless and until:

                        (a)        If such Event of Default is a Senior Payment Default, the earliest to occur of (i) the payment in full of all amounts due with respect to such Senior Payment Default, or (ii) the date such Senior Payment Default shall have been cured or waived in writing in accordance with the terms of the Senior Loan Documents; or

                        (b)        If such Event of Default is a Senior Non-Payment Default, the earliest to occur of (i) the date such Senior Non-Payment Default shall have been cured or waived in writing in accordance with the terms of the Senior Loan Documents, or (ii) the date that is 180 days after the date on which the Senior Agent shall have given the related

13


 

Payment Blockage Notice, or such longer period of 270 days as provided in Section 6.2(b).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (w) except as set forth in clause (b) of the definition of “Permitted Payments”, no prepayments of any of the Junior Liabilities (or redemptions or other payments with respect to any warrants or other equity interests associated with the Junior Liabilities) may be made by any Debtor, or received or retained by any Junior Creditor, until the Senior Liability Repayment, (x) no direct or indirect payment or distribution of any kind or character shall be made by any Debtor or any other person on behalf of any Debtor on account of the Junior Liabilities or any judgment related thereto, or on account of the purchase or redemption or other acquisition of the Junior Liabilities, if any of the Senior Creditors shall have accelerated payment of any of the Senior Liabilities, unless such acceleration has been rescinded in writing, (y) the aggregate number of days in any consecutive 365 day period during which Payment Blockage Periods may be in effect solely as a result of Senior Non-Payment Defaults shall be 180 days, and (z) no Payment Blockage Period may be imposed by the Senior Agent as a result of (i) any Senior Non-Payment Default which served as the basis for a previous Payment Blockage Period by the Senior Agent, or (ii) any Senior Non-Payment Default existing on the date that any Payment Blockage Notice was given (other than any such Senior Non-Payment Default which serves as the basis for such Payment Blockage Notice) and of which an officer of the Senior Agent had actual knowledge on the date such Payment Blockage Notice was given, unless in either such case such Senior Non-Payment Default reoccurs after having first been cured for at least 30 consecutive days in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Senior Loan Documents.

Immediately upon the expiration of any Payment Blockage Period as described in this Section 4.2, the Debtors may resume making (and the Junior Creditors may receive and retain) any and all Permitted Payments (including any Permitted Payments missed during such period).

                        4.3        In the event that any Junior Creditor shall have received any payment or distribution at a time when such payment or distribution was prohibited by the provisions of either of Section 4.1 or Section 4.2 hereof, then, and in such event, such payment or distribution shall be deemed to have been paid to such Junior Creditor in trust for the benefit of the Senior Creditors, and shall be promptly paid over to the Senior Agent (with proper endorsements or assignments, if necessary) to the extent necessary to pay the Senior Liabilities after giving effect to any concurrent payment to the Senior Creditors from other sources.  To the extent there are any excess amounts paid over to the Senior Creditors after the Senior Liability Repayment, such excess amounts shall be promptly remitted to the Junior Agent to the extent necessary to pay in full the Junior Liabilities then due, which amounts shall constitute payments in respect of the Junior Liabilities and will so reduce the outstanding amount of the Junior Liabilities; provided, that, to the extent of the amount of any such remittance received by it, each Junior Creditor hereby indemnifies and holds harmless the Senior Creditors from any and all claims, liabilities, damages and expenses suffered by the Senior Creditors in connection with the making of any such remittance to the Junior Agent, but only to the extent of such Junior Creditor’s pro rata share of such remittance received by the Junior Agent.

14


 

                        4.4        The provisions of this Section 4 shall not modify or limit in any way the application of Section 3 hereof.

                        4.5        The Senior Agent agrees to give prompt written notice to the Debtors and the Junior Agent of any determination by the Senior Agent that an Event of Default that gave rise to a Payment Blockage Period instituted by the Senior Agent has been cured or waived, though the failure to give such notice promptly or otherwise shall not affect the subordination effected by the terms of this Agreement or otherwise result in any liability of any Senior Creditor to any Debtor or any Junior Creditor.

            5.         Subrogation .   After the Senior Liability Repayment, the Junior Creditors shall be subrogated (without any representation by or recourse to the Senior Creditors), to the extent of any payments or distributions (if any) made by the Junior Creditors to the Senior Creditors, or otherwise applied to payment of such Senior Liabilities solely by reason of the provisions of this Agreement, to any rights of the Senior Creditors to receive payments and distribution of cash, securities and other property applicable to the Senior Liabilities, if any, until the Junior Liabilities shall have been irrevocably paid in full in cash.  In no event, however, shall any Junior Creditor have any rights or claims against the Senior Creditors for any alleged impairment of any Junior Creditor’s subrogation rights, each Junior Creditor acknowledging that, for purposes of this Section 5, any actions (or inactions) taken by the Senior Creditors with respect to the Senior Liabilities or the collateral therefor are authorized and consented to by such Junior Creditor.  For purposes of such subrogation, no payments or distributions to the Senior Creditors of any cash, securities or other property to which any Junior Creditor would have been entitled, except for the provisions of this Agreement, and no payments pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement to the Senior Creditors by any Junior Creditor, shall be deemed to be a payment or distribution by any Debtor to or on account of the Senior Liabilities, it being understood and agreed that the provisions of this Agreement are solely for the purpose of defining the relative rights of the Senior Creditors on the one hand, and the Junior Creditors on the other hand.

            6.         Standstill; Relative Rights .  

                        6.1        Except as otherwise expressly set forth in Section 6.2 or any other provision of this Agreement, nothing contained in this Agreement is intended to or shall:  (a) impair the obligations of the Debtors, which are absolute and unconditional, to the Junior Creditors to pay the Junior Liabilities as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with their terms; (b) affect the relative rights of the Junior Creditors and the creditors of the Debtors (other than the Senior Agents and the other Senior Creditors); or (c) prevent the Junior Creditors from exercising all remedies otherwise permitted by applicable law upon an Event of Default under the Junior Credit Agreement or otherwise, subject to:  (i) the rights under this Agreement of the Senior Agent and the other Senior Creditors to receive payments or distributions otherwise payable or deliverable to, or received by, the Junior Creditors upon the exercise of any such collection remedy; (ii) the provisions of Section 3 of this Agreement; and (iii) the provisions of Section 6.2 of this Agreement.

15


 

                        6.2        Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Junior Loan Documents, Section 6.1 of this Agreement or otherwise, no Junior Creditor:

            (a) will take any Enforcement Action described in clause (c) or (e) of the definition of “Enforcement Action”, or otherwise relating to the Collateral, prior to the Senior Liability Repayment; or

            (b) will take any other Enforcement Action prior to the earliest of:  (i) the commencement of an Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding; (ii) the date that is (A) 120 days after written notice is given by the Junior Agent to the Senior Agent of the occurrence and continuance of any event of default under the Junior Loan Documents, which notice shall specify the nature of such event of default and state such Junior Creditor’s intent to commence such Enforcement Action (the “ Junior Creditor Default Notice ”), or (B) in the event that, during such 120-day period referred to in clause (A), the Senior Agent gives the Junior Agent a written notice invoking a standstill, the date that is 180 days after the date the Junior Creditor Default Notice is given unless the event of default stated in such Junior Creditor Default Notice is the failure to pay the Junior Notes at maturity, in which case the date that is 270 days after the date the Junior Creditor Default Notice is given; provided that in the case of either of the foregoing clauses (A) or (B), if the Debtors or the Senior Agent or Senior Creditors shall cure such event of default prior to the taking of such Enforcement Action by any Junior Creditor, no Junior Creditor will take or continue any Enforcement Action with respect to such event of default after the date of such cure; or (iii) the Senior Liabilities having been accelerated or declared accelerated in their entirety in writing; provided, however, that until the Senior Liability Repayment, any payments, distributions or proceeds resulting from the exercise of any such Enforcement Action received by any Junior Creditor or other holders of the Junior Liabilities (other than any payments, distributions or proceeds exclusively from Junior Creditors Priority Collateral) shall be subject to the terms of this Agreement and shall be paid or delivered to the Senior Agent as provided in this Agreement.

            7.         Amendments; Certain Waivers and Consents

                        7.1        The Senior Creditors and the Debtors may modify, supplement or amend the terms of the Senior Loan Documents, or waive any of the provisions thereof, in any manner whatsoever, all without consent of the Junior Agent or any other Junior Creditor and without affecting the subordinations set forth in this Agreement or the liabilities and obligations of the Junior Creditors hereunder.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Senior Creditors and the Debtors may, without the consent of the Junior Agent or any other Junior Creditor and without affecting the subordinations set forth in this Agreement or the liabilities and obligations of the Junior Creditors hereunder, increase or decrease the principal amount of the Senior Liabilities (subject to the definitions of “Senior Liabilities” set forth in Section 1 hereof), amend the advance rates against assets of the Debtors, amend the Borrowing Base, and amend the eligibility standards with respect to assets of the Debtors.  Notwithstanding any provision contained herein to the contrary, the Senior Creditors agree that they shall not:

16


 
  1. increase Excess Availability (as defined in the Senior Credit Agreement) required to be maintained by the Debtors under the terms of the Senior Credit Agreement or required to be in effect under the definition of Permitted Payments to an amount in excess of the Availability Requirement;

  2. increase the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (as defined in the Senior Credit Agreement) required to be maintained by the Debtors under the terms of the Senior Credit Agreement or required to be in effect under the definition of Permitted Payments, to a ratio greater than 1.15 to 1.0; or

  3. otherwise modify, supplement or amend the Senior Credit Agreement to specifically prohibit the payment or prepayment of any amount of principal or interest to the Junior Creditors which payment would otherwise be permitted under the terms hereof or under the Junior Credit Agreement as in effect on the date hereof.

            7.2        The Junior Creditors and the Debtors may modify, supplement or amend the terms of the Junior Loan Documents, all without the consent of the Senior Creditors, except that the Senior Agent’s prior written consent shall be required for any modification, supplement or amendment that has the effect of (a) increasing the interest rate on any Junior Liabilities above the rate in effect on the date of this Agreement (other than the application of default interest or other interest rate increases as set forth in the Junior Loan Documents as in effect on the date of this Agreement), or increasing any of the fees due with respect thereto, (b) increasing the principal amount of the Junior Liabilities, (c) changing any conversion, redemption or prepayment provisions applicable to the Junior Liabilities, (d) accelerating the dates upon which payments of principal or interest are due on the Junior Liabilities (other than an acceleration on account of an event of default under the Junior Credit Agreement), (e) changing, amending or modifying Section 2.1 or 8.5 of the Junior Credit Agreement; or (f) changing, amending or adding any financial covenant, other material covenant, or event of default in any Junior Loan Document in a manner that would be more restrictive on any Debtor than any comparable covenant then in effect under the Senior Loan Documents.

            7.3       The terms of this Agreement, the subordination effected hereby, and the rights and the obligations of the Senior Creditors arising hereunder shall not be affected, modified or impaired in any manner or to any extent by:  (a) any amendment or modification of or supplement to any of the Senior Loan Documents or any of the Junior Loan Documents effected in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; (b) the validity or enforceability of any of such documents; or (c) any exercise or non-exercise of any right, power or remedy under or in respect of the Senior Liabilities or the Junior Liabilities or any of the instruments or documents referred to in clause (a) above.

                        7.4        The Junior Creditors hereby waive any defense based on the adequacy of a remedy at law or equity which might be asserted as a bar to the remedy of specific performance

17


 

of this Agreement in any action brought therefor by the Senior Agent or any other Senior Creditor.  To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, and except as expressly set forth herein, the Junior Creditors hereby further waive:  (a) presentment, demand, protest, notice of protest, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment or nonpayment and any and all other notices and demands of any kind in connection with all negotiable instruments evidencing all or any portion of the Senior Liabilities; (b) the right to require the Senior Creditors to marshall any assets or Collateral, or to enforce any Lien the Senior Creditors may now or hereafter have in any assets or Collateral securing the Senior Liabilities, or to pursue any claim the Senior Creditors may have against any guarantor of the Senior Liabilities, as a condition to the Senior Creditors’ entitlement to receive any payment on account of the Senior Liabilities; (c) notice of the acceptance of this Agreement by the Senior Creditors; and (d) notice of any loans or other credit made available to any Debtor, extensions of time granted, amendments to the Senior Loan Documents, or other action taken in reliance hereon.  The Junior Creditors hereby consent and agree that the Senior Creditors may, without in any manner impairing, releasing or otherwise affecting the subordination provided for in this Agreement or any of the Senior Creditors’ rights hereunder and without prior notice to or the consent of any Junior Creditor:  (i) release, renew, extend, compromise or postpone the time of payment of any of the Senior Liabilities; (ii) substitute, exchange or release any or all of the Collateral or guaranties for the Senior Liabilities or decline or neglect to perfect the Senior Creditors’ Lien upon any of the Collateral for the Senior Liabilities; and (iii) add or release any person or entity primarily or secondarily liable for any of the Senior Liabilities.

            8.         No Contest of Liens, Etc .  Each Junior Creditor and each Senior Creditor agrees that it will not at any time contest the validity, perfection, priority or enforceability of the Liens granted by the Debtors to the Senior Agents and the other Senior Creditors or the Junior Agent and the Junior Creditors in the Debtors’ assets pursuant to the Senior Loan Documents and the Junior Loan Documents.  Each Junior Creditor agrees that it will not, until the Senior Liability Repayment, take a Lien on any property of any Debtor, other than Liens contemplated in the Junior Loan Documents, as in effect on the date of this Agreement, which Liens shall at all times be subordinate and junior to the Liens of the Senior Agents and the other Senior Creditors in the Collateral as herein provided.

            9.         Sales and Transfers .  Each Junior Creditor represents that it is the lawful owner of the Junior Liabilities evidenced by the Junior Note evidencing the Junior Liabilities owing to it and that it has not heretofore sold, assigned, disposed of or transferred any of the Junior Liabilities, and agrees that it shall not hereafter sell, assign, dispose of or otherwise transfer all or any portion of its Junior Liabilities without, upon the consummation of any such action, causing the transferee thereof to execute and deliver to the Senior Agent an agreement substantially identical to this Agreement that is acceptable to the Senior Agent, providing for the continued subordination of the Junior Liabilities so sold, assigned, disposed of or transferred to the Senior Liabilities as provided herein and for the continued effectiveness of all of the rights of the Senior Creditors arising under this Agreement in respect of the Junior Liabilities so sold, assigned, disposed of or transferred.  Notwithstanding the failure to execute or deliver any such agreement, the subordination effected hereby shall survive any sale, assignment, disposition or other transfer

18


 

of all or any portion of the Junior Liabilities, and the terms of this Agreement shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of the Junior Creditors.

            10.       Conflict .   In the event of any conflict between any term, covenant or condition of this Agreement and any term, covenant or condition of any of the Junior Loan Documents, the provisions of this Agreement shall control and govern.

            11.       Waiver and Amendment .  No waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be deemed to be made by the Senior Agents or the Junior Agent of any of their rights hereunder unless the same shall be in writing signed by each of the Senior Agent and the Junior Agent.  Each waiver, if any, by the Senior Agent or the Junior Agent shall be a waiver only with respect to the specific instance involved and shall in no way impair the rights of the Senior Agents or the Junior Agent, as the case may be, in any other respect at any other time.  No provision of this Agreement may be modified or amended in any respect unless the same shall have been approved and consented to in writing by each of the Senior Agent and the Junior Agent.

            12.       Notices .  Any notices or other communications required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be delivered personally or mailed, certified mail, return receipt requested, or sent by commercial overnight courier service, or sent by telecopy, to the following addresses (or such other addresses as shall be given by a notice delivered hereunder), and shall be deemed to have been given on the day of delivery if delivered personally, five days after mailing if mailed by certified mail, one business day after delivery to the courier if delivered by commercial overnight courier service, or on the date of transmission if transmitted by facsimile by 5:00 p.m. (Atlanta, Georgia time) on a business day, otherwise on the next business day:

 

If to the Junior Agent:

Bank of America, N.A.
One Independence Center, 13 th Floor
101 N. Tryon Street, NC1-001-13-26
Charlotte, North Carolina 28255-0001
Attention.:  John P. McDuffie
Fax No.:  704-386-5856

with a copy to:

Bank of America, N. A.
One Independence Center, 15 th Floor
101 N. Tryon Street, NC1-001-15-04
Charlotte, North Carolina 28255
Attention.:  Agency Services
Fax No.:  704-388-9436

19


 

and:

Smith Helms Mulliss & Moore, LLP.
201 N. Tryon Street
Charlotte, North Carolina 28202
Attention.:  M. Scott Mansfield, Esq.
Fax No.:  704-343-2300

If to the Senior Agents:

The CIT Group/Business Credit, Inc.
900 Ashwood Parkway, Suite 610
Atlanta, Georgia  30338
Attention:  Regional Credit Manager
Telecopy No.:  770-522-7673

with a copy to:

The CIT Group/Commercial Services, Inc.
1211 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York  10036
Attention:  James Heed
Telecopy No.:    212-536-1328

Any party may change the address to which notices to it are sent by giving written notice pursuant to this Section to the other party hereto.

            13.       Representations and Warranties .   Each party hereto represents and warrants to the other party hereto as follows:  (a) such party has all requisite power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement without other or further action or approval of any kind; and (b) this Agreement constitutes the valid and legally binding obligation of such party, enforceable in accordance with its terms (except that enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency and other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally), and no consent or approval of any other party, and no consent, license, approval or authorization of any governmental authority, bureau or agency, is required in connection with the execution, delivery, performance, validity and enforceability of this Agreement by such party.

            14.       Titled Collateral.   The parties hereto acknowledge that (a) Bank of America, N.A. is listed as the sole lienholder on certain existing certificates of title (the “ Existing Certificates of Title ”) with respect to certificated vehicles owned by the Debtors as of July 23, 2001 (the “ Existing Titled Collateral ”), and (b) the notation of Bank of America, N.A. as sole lienholder on the Existing Certificates of Title is intended by the parties hereto for all purposes to notate and perfect the Liens of both the Senior Existing Titled Collateral Agent and the Junior Agent in and to the Existing Certificates of Title and the Existing Titled Collateral.  The Junior Agent further acknowledges and agrees that, to the extent it has not already done so, the Junior

20


 

Agent shall deliver the originals of each Existing Certificate of Title to the Senior Agent (or its agent or representative), together with each other document relating thereto, promptly after the execution and delivery of this Agreement.  The Junior Agent hereby irrevocably appoints the Senior Agent as the Junior Agent’s attorney-in-fact with full authorization to execute and deliver on behalf of the Junior Agent all such title applications, releases and other documents as the Senior Agent deems necessary or appropriate in connection with any sale or other disposition of any certificated vehicles of the Debtors with respect to which the Lien of the Junior Agent is now or hereafter notated on the related certificate of title (including the Existing Titled Collateral and Existing Certificates of Title) in order to release the Lien of the Junior Agent in such certificated vehicles and the related certificates of title (including the Existing Titled Collateral and Existing Certificates of Title).

            15.       Independent Credit Investigations .   Neither any Junior Creditor nor any Senior Creditor, nor any of their respective directors, officers, agents or employees, shall be responsible to the others for any Debtor’s solvency, financial condition or ability to repay any of the Senior Liabilities or the Junior Liabilities, or for statements of any Debtor, oral or written, or for the validity, sufficiency or enforceability of any of the Senior Loan Documents or any of the Junior Loan Documents or the value of any collateral.  Each of the Junior Creditors and the Senior Creditors has entered into its agreements with the Debtors based upon its own independent investigation, and makes no warranty or representation to the other, nor does it rely upon any representation of the other, with respect to matters identified or referred to in this paragraph.

            16.       Term of Agreement .   This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect and shall be irrevocable by the Junior Creditors until the earliest to occur of the following: (a) the parties hereto in writing mutually agree to terminate this Agreement; or (b) the Senior Liability Repayment.

            17.       Miscellaneous .

                        17.1      The Junior Creditors agree that they will agree to subordinate the Junior Liabilities then owed to them, and the Junior Creditors’ Liens in the Collateral, to another lender or group of lenders that refinance in whole the Senior Liabilities then owing to the Senior Creditors under the Senior Loan Documents (the “ New Lender ”) by entering into a subordination agreement with the New Lender, provided that (a) the aggregate amount of New Lender Liabilities (Liabilities to the New Lender) replacing the Senior Liabilities shall not exceed the Senior Liabilities, together with prepayment and closing fees and expenses not to exceed 5% in the aggregate of the replaced Liabilities, and (b) the terms and conditions of such new subordination agreement, taken as a whole, shall not be less favorable to the Junior Creditors in any material respect than the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement.

                        17.2      The Senior Agent and the Senior Creditors covenant and agree to deliver to the Junior Agent, and the Junior Agent covenants and agrees to deliver to the Senior Agent and the Senior Creditors, notice of any default or Event of Default under the Senior Loan Documents or the Junior Loan Documents, as applicable, simultaneously with delivery thereof to the Debtors (or any of them); provided, however, the failure to deliver such notice shall not give rise to a claim or cause of action against Senior Agent, Senior Creditors or Junior Agent by

21


 

reason of its failure to give such notice.  The Senior Agent and the Senior Creditors covenant and agree to deliver to the Junior Agent, and the Junior Agent covenants and agrees to deliver to the Senior Agent and the Senior Creditors, reasonable notice of any intended sale of Collateral under the Senior Loan Documents or the Junior Loan Documents, as applicable; provided, however, the failure to deliver such notice shall not give rise to a claim or cause of action against Senior Agent, Senior Creditors or Junior Agent by reason of its failure to give such notice.

                        17.3      Senior Agent hereby agrees, on a best efforts basis and without assuming any liabilities to the Junior Creditors in connection herewith, to hold that portion of the Collateral in which security interests may be perfected by possession or endorsement, that at any time is in its possession, as the bailee of Junior Creditors under the Junior Loan Documents for the purpose of perfecting the subordinated security interest of Junior Creditors in any Collateral in which security interests may be perfected by possession or endorsement, subject to the terms of this Agreement.  Upon the Senior Liability Repayment, and termination of any agreement between the Debtors and Senior Agent or the Senior Creditors under which the Senior Agent or the Senior Lenders are required to or may make loans or provide other financial accommodations, Senior Agent shall release its Lien on all Collateral and, on a best efforts basis and without assuming any liabilities to the Junior Creditors in connection therewith, transfer possession of the Collateral as is then in its possession to the Junior Creditors under the Junior Loan Documents together with appropriate endorsements or assignments as may be required for Junior Creditors to be perfected in such Collateral, all at the cost of Junior Creditors.

                        17.4      Junior Agent hereby agrees, on a best efforts basis and without assuming any liabilities to the Senior Creditors in connection herewith, to hold that portion of the Junior Creditors Priority Collateral in which security interests may be perfected by possession or endorsement, that at any time is in its possession, as the bailee of Senior Creditors under the Senior Loan Documents for the purpose of perfecting the subordinated security interest of Senior Creditors in any Junior Creditors Priority Collateral in which security interests may be perfected by possession or endorsement, subject to the terms of this Agreement.  Upon the repayment of the Junior Liabilities in full, Junior Agent shall release its Lien on all Junior Creditors Priority Collateral and, on a best efforts basis and without assuming any liabilities to the Senior Creditors in connection therewith, transfer possession of that portion of the Junior Creditors Priority Collateral in which security interests can only be perfected by possession or endorsement as is then in its possession to the Senior Creditors under the Senior Loan Documents together with appropriate endorsements or assignments as may be required for Senior Creditors to be perfected in such Junior Creditors Priority Collateral, all at the cost of Senior Creditors.

                        17.5     This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Georgia without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

                        17.6     THE SENIOR AGENTS AND EACH JUNIOR CREDITOR EACH HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING (a) TO ENFORCE OR DEFEND ANY RIGHTS UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, OR (b) ARISING FROM ANY DISPUTE OR CONTROVERSY IN CONNECTION WITH OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT, AND

22


 

AGREES THAT ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE TRIED BEFORE A COURT AND NOT BEFORE A JURY.

EACH JUNIOR CREDITOR AND THE SENIOR AGENTS HEREBY AGREE THAT THE FEDERAL COURT OF THE NORTHERN DISTRICT OF GEORGIA AND THE STATE COURTS LOCATED IN ATLANTA, GEORGIA, OR, AT THE OPTION OF THE SENIOR AGENT, ANY COURT IN WHICH THE SENIOR AGENT SHALL INITIATE LEGAL OR EQUITABLE PROCEEDINGS AND WHICH HAS SUBJECT MATTER JURISDICTION OVER THE MATTER IN CONTROVERSY AND WHICH SITS IN A JURISDICTION IN WHICH ANY DEBTOR TRANSACTS BUSINESS SHALL HAVE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION TO HEAR AND DETERMINE ANY CLAIMS OR DISPUTES BETWEEN SUCH JUNIOR CREDITOR AND THE SENIOR AGENTS PERTAINING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY TO THIS AGREEMENT OR TO ANY MATTER ARISING HEREFROM.  EACH JUNIOR CREDITOR EXPRESSLY SUBMITS AND CONSENTS IN ADVANCE TO SUCH JURISDICTION IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING COMMENCED IN SUCH COURTS.  THE NON-EXCLUSIVE CHOICE OF FORUM SET FORTH IN THIS SECTION SHALL NOT BE DEEMED TO PRECLUDE THE ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT OBTAINED IN SUCH FORUM OR THE TAKING OF ANY ACTION UNDER THIS AGREEMENT TO ENFORCE THE SAME IN ANY APPROPRIATE JURISDICTION.

                        17.7      The provisions of this Agreement are solely for the purpose of defining the relative rights of the Junior Creditors and the Senior Creditors and shall not, and shall not be deemed, to create any rights or priorities in favor of any other person or entity, including the Debtors.

                        17.8     Wherever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be prohibited by or invalid under such law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement unless the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby is materially adversely affected thereby.

                        17.9     This Agreement and any amendments thereto may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

                        17.10   The headings appearing in this Agreement have been inserted solely for reference and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement.

                        17.11   This Agreement embodies the entire Agreement and understanding between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating to such subject matter (including the Subordination Agreement).

 

 

23


 

 

 

 

(Signatures Begin On The Following Pages)

 

 


24


 

            IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed by the parties hereto as of the date first above written.

 

 

JUNIOR AGENT:

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Junior Agent

By:                                                                               
Name:                                                                          
Title:                                                                             

 

SENIOR AGENTS:

THE CIT GROUP/BUSINESS CREDIT, INC., as
Senior Agent

By:                                                                               
Name:                                                                          
Title:                                                                             

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Senior Existing
Titled Collateral Agent

By:                                                                               
Name:                                                                          
Title:                                                                             

 

 

Acknowledged and Agreed:

JUNIOR LENDERS:

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as a Junior Lender

By:                                                                   
Name:                                                              
Title:                                                                 

 

 


 

 

WACHOVIA BANK, N.A.

 

By:                                                                   
Name:                                                              
Title:                                                                 

 

SUNTRUST BANK, N.A.

 

By:                                                                   
Name:                                                              
Title:                                                                 

 

AMSOUTH BANK, N.A.

 

By:                                                                   
Name:                                                              
Title:                                                                 

 

SENIOR LENDERS:

 

THE CIT GROUP/BUSINESS CREDIT, INC., as a Senior Lender

By:                                                                   
Name:                                                              
Title:                                                                 

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.

By:                                                                   
Name:                                                              
Title:                                                                 

 

FLEET CAPITAL CORPORATION

By:                                                                   
Name:                                                              
Title:                                                                 

 


 

ACKNOWLEDGMENT AND AGREEMENT OF THE DEBTORS

 

            FOR VALUE RECEIVED, each of the undersigned, as the “Debtors” (as defined in the foregoing Amended and Restated Intercreditor and Subordination Agreement (the “Subordination Agreement”; capitalized terms used herein but not expressly defined herein having the same meanings as given to such terms in the Subordination Agreement) dated of even date herewith, between Bank of America, N.A., as Junior Agent, The CIT Group/Business Credit, Inc., as Senior Agent, and Bank of America, N.A., as Senior Existing Titled Collateral Agent), hereby acknowledges and consents to the execution, delivery and performance of the Subordination Agreement by the Junior Agent and the Senior Agents and further agrees to be bound by the provisions of the Subordination Agreement as they relate to the relative rights, remedies and priorities of the Junior Creditors and the Senior Creditors and the debts, liabilities and obligations of such Debtor to each of them; provided , however , that nothing in the Subordination Agreement shall amend, modify, change or supersede the respective terms of any of the Senior Liabilities or the Junior Liabilities as between any Debtor, on the one hand, and the Senior Creditors or the Junior Creditors, on the other hand, and in the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the terms of the Subordination Agreement and those of any agreement, note or other document evidencing or securing any of the Senior Liabilities or the Junior Liabilities, the provisions of such other agreement, instrument or document shall govern as between such Debtor, on the one hand, and the Senior Creditors or the Junior Creditors (as the case may be), on the other hand.  Each Debtor further agrees that the Subordination Agreement shall not give such Debtor any substantive rights relative to the Senior Creditors or the Junior Creditors and that such Debtor shall not be entitled to raise any actions or inactions on the part of the Senior Creditors or Junior Creditors under the Subordination Agreement as a defense, counterclaim or other claim against such party.

            Without limiting the foregoing, each Debtor acknowledges and agrees that (a) it has read the provisions of Section 14 of the Subordination Agreement, and (b) it is such Debtor’s intention and agreement that the notation of Bank of America, N.A. as sole lienholder on the Existing Certificates of Title shall for all purposes serve to notate and perfect the Liens of both the Senior Existing Titled Collateral Agent and the Junior Agent in and to the Existing Certificates of Title and the Existing Titled Collateral.

 


 


 

            IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Acknowledgment as of ___________, 2002.

 

DEBTORS :

ACKERMAN WRECKER SERVICE, INC.
A-EXCELLENCE TOWING CO.
ALL AMERICAN TOWING SERVICES,
  INC.
ALLIED GARDENS TOWING, INC.
ALLIED TOWING AND RECOVERY, INC.
ANDERSON TOWING SERVICE, INC.
APACO, INC.
ARROW WRECKER SERVICE, INC.
A TO Z ENTERPRISES, INC.
B&B ASSOCIATED INDUSTRIES, INC.
B‑G TOWING, INC.
BEAR TRANSPORTATION, INC.
BEATY TOWING & RECOVERY, INC.
BERT'S TOWING RECOVERY
  CORPORATION
BOB BOLIN SERVICES, INC.
BOB'S AUTO SERVICE, INC.
BOB VINCENT AND SONS WRECKER
  SERVICE, INC.
BOULEVARD & TRUMBULL TOWING,
  INC.
BREWER'S, INC.
BRYRICH CORPORATION
CAL WEST TOWING, INC.
CARDINAL CENTRE ENTERPRISES, INC.
CEDAR BLUFF 24 HOUR TOWING, INC.
CENTRAL VALLEY TOWING, INC.
CENTURY HOLDINGS, INC.
CHAD'S, INC.
CHAMPION CARRIER CORPORATION
CHEVRON, INC.
CLARENCE CORNISH AUTOMOTIVE
   SERVICE, INC.
CLEVELAND VEHICLE DETENTION
  CENTER, INC.
COFFEY’S TOWING, INC.
COLEMAN’S TOWING & RECOVERY,
  INC.
COMPETITION WHEELIFT, INC.
D.A. HANELINE, INC.

 

 


 

 

DVREX, INC.
DICK'S TOWING & ROAD SERVICE, INC.
DOLLAR ENTERPRISES, INC.
DUGGER’S SERVICES, INC.
DURU, INC.
E.B.T., INC.
EXPORT ENTERPRISES, INC.
GARY’S TOWING & SALVAGE POOL,
  INC.
GOLDEN WEST TOWING EQUIPMENT
  INC.
GOOD MECHANIC AUTO CO. OF
  RICHFIELD, INC.
GREAT AMERICA TOWING, INC.
GREG'S TOWING, INC.
H&H TOWING ENTERPRISES, INC.
HALL'S TOWING SERVICE, INC.
KAUFF'S, INC.
KAUFF’S OF FT. PIERCE, INC.
KAUFF’S OF MIAMI, INC.
KAUFFS OF PALM BEACH, INC.
KEN'S TOWING, INC.
KING AUTOMOTIVE & INDUSTRIAL
  EQUIPMENT, INC.
LAZER TOW SERVICES, INC.
LEVESQUE'S AUTO SERVICE, INC.
LWKR, INC.
LINCOLN TOWING ENTERPRISES, INC.
M&M TOWING AND RECOVERY, INC.
MAEJO, INC.
MEL'S ACQUISITION CORP.
MERL'S TOWING SERVICE, INC.
MID AMERICA WRECKER &
  EQUIPMENT SALES, INC. OF COLORADO
MIKE'S WRECKER SERVICE, INC.
MILLER FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP,
  INC.
MILLER/GREENEVILLE, INC.
MILLER INDUSTRIES DISTRIBUTING,
  INC.
MILLER INDUSTRIES, INC.
MILLER INDUSTRIES INTERNATIONAL,
  INC.
MILLER INDUSTRIES TOWING
  EQUIPMENT INC.

 

 


 

MOORE'S SERVICE & TOWING, INC.
MOORE'S TOWING SERVICE, INC.
MOSTELLER’S GARAGE, INC.
MURPHY'S TOWING, INC.
OFFICIAL TOWING, INC.
P.A.T., INC.
PIPES ENTERPRISES, INC.
PULLEN'S TRUCK CENTER, INC.
PURPOSE, INC.
RANDY'S HIGH COUNTRY TOWING, INC.
RAY HARRIS, INC.
RMA ACQUISITION CORP.
RRIC ACQUISITION CORP.
RAY’S TOWING, INC.
RECOVERY SERVICES, INC.
RBEX INC.
ROAD ONE, INC.
ROADONE EMPLOYEE SERVICES, INC.
ROAD ONE INSURANCE SERVICES, INC.
ROAD ONE SERVICE, INC.
ROADONE SPECIALIZED
  TRANSPORTATION, INC.
ROADONE TRANSPORTATION AND
  LOGISTICS, INC.
R.M.W.S., INC.
SANDY'S AUTO & TRUCK SERVICE, INC.
SAKSTRUP TOWING, INC.
SONOMA CIRCUITS, INC.
SOUTHERN WRECKER CENTER, INC.
SOUTHERN WRECKER SALES, INC.
SOUTHWEST TRANSPORT, INC.
SUBURBAN WRECKER SERVICE, INC.
TED'S OF FAYVILLE, INC.
TEXAS TOWING CORPORATION
THOMPSON'S WRECKER SERVICE, INC.
TOW PRO CUSTOM TOWING &
  HAULING, INC.
TREASURE COAST TOWING, INC.
TREASURE COAST TOWING OF MARTIN
   COUNTY, INC.
TRUCK SALES & SALVAGE CO., INC.
WALKER TOWING, INC.
WES'S SERVICE INCORPORATED
WESTERN TOWING; MCCLURE/EARLEY
  ENTERPRISES, INC.

 


 

 

WHITEY’S TOWING, INC.
WILTSE TOWING, INC.
ZEHNER TOWING & RECOVERY, INC.

 

By:                                                                        
            J. Vincent Mish
            Attorney-in-fact of each of the above-
            referenced Debtors

 

 


 

SCHEDULE A
TO
SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT

(Collateral)

 

All of Debtors’ existing and future acquired assets, including accounts, inventory, rolling stock, vehicles, wreckers, carriers and chassis, machinery and equipment, real property, subsidiary capital stock, chattel paper, documents, instruments, deposit accounts, contract rights, general intangibles, intellectual property and investment property.

 

Exhibit 21

Subsidiaries

 

Name of Entity

State of Incorporation

A-Excellence Towing Co.

Delaware

Ackerman Wrecker Service, Inc.

Delaware

All American Towing Services, Inc.

Delaware

Allied Gardens Towing, Inc.

Delaware

Allied Towing and Recovery, Inc.

Delaware

Anderson Towing Service, Inc.

Delaware

APACO, Inc.

Delaware

Arrow Wrecker Service, Inc.

Delaware

A to Z Enterprises, Inc.

Delaware

B&B Associated Industries, Inc.

Delaware

B-G Towing, Inc.

Delaware

Bear Transportation, Inc.

Delaware

Beaty Towing & Recovery, Inc.

Delaware

Bert’s Towing Recovery Corporation

Delaware

Bob’s Auto Service, Inc.

Delaware

Bob Bolin Services, Inc.

Delaware

Bob Vincent and Sons Wrecker Service, Inc.

Kentucky

Boulevard & Trumbull Towing, Inc.

Delaware

Brewer’s, Inc.

Delaware

Bryrich Corporation

Delaware

Cal West Towing, Inc.

Delaware

Cardinal Centre Enterprises, Inc.

California

Cedar Bluff 24 Hour Towing, Inc.

Delaware

 


 

 

Name of Entity

State of Incorporation

Central Valley Towing, Inc.

Delaware

Century Holdings, Inc.

Tennessee

Chad’s, Inc.

Delaware

Champion Carrier Corporation

Delaware

Chevron, Inc.

Pennsylvania

Clarence Cornish Automotive Service, Inc.

Delaware

Cleveland Vehicle Detention Center, Inc.

Delaware

Coffey’s Towing, Inc.

Delaware

Coleman’s Towing & Recovery, Inc.

Michigan

Competition Wheelift, Inc.

Delaware

D.A. Haneline, Inc.

Delaware

DVREX, Inc.

Texas

Dick’s Towing & Road Service, Inc.

Delaware

Dollar Enterprises, Inc.

Delaware

Don’s Towing, Inc.

Delaware

Dugger’s Services, Inc.

Delaware

DuRu, Inc.

Delaware

E.B.T., Inc.

Delaware

Export Enterprises, Inc.

Delaware

Gary’s Towing & Salvage, Inc.

Delaware

Golden West Towing Equipment Inc.

Delaware

Good Mechanic Auto Co. of Richfield, Inc.

Delaware

Great America Towing, Inc.

Delaware

Greg’s Towing, Inc.

Delaware

-2-


 

 

Name of Entity

State of Incorporation

H&H Towing Enterprises, Inc.

Delaware

Kauff’s, Inc.

Delaware

Kauff’s of Ft. Pierce, Inc.

Florida

Kauff’s of Miami, Inc.

Florida

Kauffs of Palm Beach, Inc.

Florida

Ken’s Towing, Inc.

Delaware

King Automotive & Industrial Equipment, Inc.

Delaware

Lazer Tow Services, Inc.

Delaware

Levesque’s Auto Service, Inc.

Delaware

LWKR, Inc.

Delaware

Lincoln Towing Enterprises, Inc.

Delaware

M&M Towing and Recovery

Delaware

Maejo, Inc.

Delaware

Mel’s Acquisition Corp.

Delaware

Merl’s Towing Service, Inc.

Delaware

Mid America Wrecker & Equipment Sales, Inc. of Colorado

Delaware

Mike’s Wrecker Service, Inc.

Delaware

Miller Financial Services Group, Inc.

Tennessee

Miller/Greeneville, Inc.

Tennessee

Miller Industries Distributing, Inc.

Delaware

Miller Industries International, Inc.

Tennessee

Miller Industries Towing Equipment Inc.

Delaware

Moore’s Service & Towing, Inc.

Delaware

Moore’s Towing Service, Inc.

Delaware

Mosteller’s Garage, Inc.

Delaware

 

-3-


 

 

Name of Entity

State of Incorporation

Murphy’s Towing, Inc.

Delaware

Official Towing, Inc.

Delaware

P.A.T., Inc.

Delaware

Pipes Enterprises, Inc.

Delaware

Pullen’s Truck Center, Inc.

Delaware

Purpose, Inc.

Delaware

RMA Acquisition Corp.

Delaware

RRIC Acquisition Corp.

Delaware

Randy’s High Country Towing, Inc.

Delaware

Ray Harris, Inc.

Delaware

Ray’s Towing, Inc.

Delaware

Recovery Services, Inc.

Delaware

RBEX, Inc.

Delaware

Road One, Inc.

Delaware

RoadOne Employee Services, Inc.

Delaware

Road One Insurance Services, Inc.

Delaware

Road One Service, Inc.

Delaware

RoadOne Specialized Transportation, Inc.

Delaware

RoadOne Transportation & Logistics, Inc.

Delaware

R.M.W.S., Inc.

Delaware

Sakstrup Towing, Inc.

Delaware

Sandy’s Auto & Truck Service, Inc.

Delaware

Sonoma Circuits, Inc.

Delaware

Southern Wrecker Center, Inc.

Delaware

Southern Wrecker Sales, Inc.

Delaware

Zehner Towing & Recovery, Inc.

Delaware

 

-4-


 

 

Name of Entity

State of Incorporation

Southwest Transport, Inc.

Florida

Suburban Wrecker Service, Inc.

Delaware

Ted’s of Fayville, Inc.

Delaware

Texas Towing Corporation

Delaware

Thompson’s Wrecker Service, Inc.

Delaware

Tow Pro Custom Towing & Hauling, Inc.

Delaware

Treasure Coast Towing, Inc.

Delaware

Treasure Coast Towing of Martin County, Inc.

Florida

Truck Sales & Salvage Co., Inc.

Delaware

Walker Towing, Inc.

Delaware

Wes’s Service Incorporated

Delaware

Western Towing; McClure/Earley Enterprises, Inc.

Delaware

Whitey’s Towing, Inc.

Delaware

Wiltse Towing, Inc.

Delaware

 

 

 

 

-5-


 

 

EXHIBIT 23

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

 

As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the incorporation of our reports included in this Form 10-K, into Miller Industries, Inc.'s previously filed Registration Statements on Form S-4 (File No. 333-34641), and Form S-8 (File No. 33-82282).

 

      /s/ ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

 

 

Chattanooga, Tennessee
April 16, 2002

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

 

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-4 (File No. 333-346451) and Form S-8 (File No. 33-82282) of our reports dated March 22, 2002, except as to Notes 2 and 7 as to which the date is April 15, 2002 relating to the financial statements and financial statement schedules of Miller Industries, Inc., which appears in Miller Industries, Inc.'s Transition Report on Form 10-K for the eight months ended December 31, 2001.

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Atlanta, Georgia
April 18, 2002